حدث خطأ. التفاصيل إخفاء
لديك صفحات غير محفوظة. استعادة إلغاء

إندونيسيا

  • الرئيس:Joko Widodo
  • نائب الرئيس:Jusuf Kalla
  • العاصمة:Jakarta
  • اللغات:Bahasa Indonesia (official, modified form of Malay), English, Dutch, local dialects (of which the most widely spoken is Javanese) note: more than 700 languages are used in Indonesia
  • الحكومة
  • مكتب الإحصائيات القومي
  • السكان والأشخاص:263,991,379 (2017)
  • المساحة ، كم مربع:1,811,570 (2017)
  • الناتج المحلي الإجمالي للفرد ، بالدولار الأمريكي:3,847 (2017)
  • الناتج المحلي الإجمالي ، مليار دولار أمريكي حالي:1,015.5 (2017)
  • مؤشر GINI:39.5 (2013)
  • تصنيف سهولة ممارسة الأعمال:72 (2017)
All datasets:  1 2 3 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z إ ا ب
  • 1
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated..
  • 2
    • حزيران 2016
      المصدر: Deloitte
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 حزيران, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      With the release of the 2016 Global Manufacturing Competitiveness Index (GMCI), Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (Deloitte Global) and the Council on Competitiveness (the Council) in the US build upon the GMCI research, with prior studies published in 2010 and 2013. The results of the 2016 study clearly show the ongoing influence manufacturing has on driving global economies. From its influence on infrastructure development, job creation, and contribution to gross domestic product (GDP) on both an overall and per capita basis, a strong manufacturing sector creates a clear path toward economic prosperity.
  • 3
    • تشرين الأول 2016
      المصدر: Philipps-University of Marburg, Empirical Institutional Economics
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index evaluates governmental anti-trafficking efforts in the three main policy dimensions (3Ps), based on the requirements prescribed by the United Nations Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, especially Women and Children (2000).   The three main policy dimensions (3Ps) are:Prosecution of perpetrators of human traffickingPrevention of human traffickingProtection of the victims of human trafficking Each of the 3P areas is evaluated on a 5-point scale and each index is aggregated to the overall 3P Anti-trafficking Index as the  sum (score 3-15).Prosecution Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Prevention Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Protection Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index Score: 3 (no compliance for any of the three areas) - 15 (full compliance for all of the three areas) The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index is available for each country and each year and currently includes up to 189 countries for the preiod from 2000 to 2015.
  • 9
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated.. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to the new version of the annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
  • A
    • أيلول 2014
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Chapter C includes indicators that are a mixture of outcome indicators, policy levers and context indicators. Internationalisation of education and progression rates are, for instance, outcome measures to the extent that they indicate the results of policies and practices at the classroom, school and system levels. But they can also provide contexts for establishing policy by identifying areas where policy intervention is necessary, for example, to address issues of inequity.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      World Electricity access database Hundreds of millions of people have gained access to modern energy over the last two decades, especially in China and India. Rapid economic development in several developing countries, increasing urbanisation and ongoing energy access programmes have been important factors in this achievement. The IEA Access to Energy database provides a snapshot of progress made toward meeting the ultimate goal of universal access. Note: For indicator population without access, value 1 represent <1 except Botswana, Guatemala countries
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Knoema
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organisations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons in the labour force protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the labour force that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • أيلول 2014
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons in the labour force protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the labour force that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • أيلول 2014
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons of working age protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the working-age population that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons of working age protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the working-age population that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Activities of U.S. MNEs: Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates, Selected Indicators, 2016.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Ministry of Tourism, Government of India
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides data for foreign tourist arrivals distributed by age  group.
    • تموز 2015
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Denis Chernyshev
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Agricultural Market Information System
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data Source - CBS Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 is taken as 2017, 2018, 2019
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Agricultural Market Information System
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data Source - IGS Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 is taken as 2017, 2018, 2019
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Agricultural Market Information System
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data Source - PSD Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 is taken as 2017, 2018, 2019
    • أيار 2013
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تموز, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2015
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Agri-environmental Indicators—Land domain provides information on the annual evolution of the distribution of agricultural and forest areas, and their sub-components, including irrigated areas, at national, regional and global levels.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 آذار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Livestock Patterns domain of the FAOSTAT Agri-Environmental Indicators contains data on livestock numbers, shares of major livestock species and livestock densities in the agricultural area. Values are calculated using Livestock Units (LSU), which facilitate aggregating information for different livestock types. Data are available by country, with global coverage, for the period 1961–2014. This methodology applies the LSU coefficients reported in the "Guidelines for the preparation of livestock sector reviews" (FAO, 2011). From this publication, LSU coefficients are computed by livestock type and by country. The reference unit used for the calculation of livestock units (=1 LSU) is the grazing equivalent of one adult dairy cow producing 3000 kg of milk annually, fed without additional concentrated foodstuffs. FAOSTAT agri-environmental indicators on livestock patterns closely follow the structure of the indicators in EUROSTAT.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • أيار 2013
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيار 2013
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Akamai
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 حزيران, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2013
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تشرين الثاني, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator conveys the annual growth rates of labour productivity. Labour productivity represents the total volume of output (measured in terms of Gross Domestic Product, GDP) produced per unit of labour (measured in terms of the number of employed persons) during a given time reference period. The indicator allows data users to assess GDP-to-labour input levels and growth rates over time, thus providing general information about the efficiency and quality of human capital in the production process for a given economic and social context, including other complementary inputs and innovations used in production. For further information, see the SDG Indicators Metadata Repository or ILOSTAT’s indicator description.
    • حزيران 2017
      المصدر: International Tropical Timber Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 24 تموز, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      ITTO's Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation compiles the most up-to-date and reliable international statistics available on global production and trade of timber, with an emphasis on the tropics. It also provides information on trends in forest area, forest management and the economies of ITTO member countries.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Islamic Development Bank (IDB)
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 آذار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data source used: The aquaculture production data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      AQUASTAT is FAO's global information system on water and agriculture, developed by the Land and Water Division. The main mandate of the program is to collect, analyze and disseminate information on water resources, water uses, and agricultural water management with an emphasis on countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. This allows interested users to find comprehensive and regularly updated information at global, regional, and national levels.
    • كانون الثاني 2014
      المصدر: World Resources Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area. Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin. Citation: Gassert, F., P. Reig, T. Luo, and A. Maddocks. 2013. “Aqueduct country and river basin rankings: a weighted aggregation of spatially distinct hydrological indicators.” Working paper. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, November 2013. Available online at http://wri.org/publication/aqueduct-country-river-basin-rankings.
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The SIPRI Arms Transfers Database contains information on all transfers of major conventional weapons from 1950 to the most recent full calendar year. It is a unique resource for researchers, policy-makers and analysts, the media and civil society interested in monitoring and measuring the international flow of major conventional arms. For more information, see http://www.sipri.org/databases/armstransfers/sources-and-methods/
    • شباط 2017
      المصدر: ASEAN +3 Macroeconomic Research Office
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تموز, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      APD Regional Economic Outlook (REO) provides information on recent economic developments and prospects for countries in Asia and Pacific. Data for the REO for Asia and Pacific is prepared in conjunction with the semi-annual World Economic Outlook (WEO) exercises, spring and fall. Data are consistent with the projections underlying the WEO. REO aggregate data may differ from WEO aggregates due to differences in group membership. Composite data for country groups are weighted averages of data for individual countries. Arithmetic weighted averages are used for all concepts except for inflation and broad money, for which geometric averages are used. PPP GDP weights from the WEO database are used for the aggregation of real GDP growth, real non-oil GDP growth, real per capita GDP growth, investment, national savings, broad money, claims on the nonfinancial private sector, and real and nominal effective exchange rates. Aggregates for other concepts are weighted by GDP in U.S. dollars at market exchange rates.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Asian Development Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      1. Emerging East Asian bond yields continued to fall amid a weak global economy and while the outlook for the region’s bond markets is generally benign, a number of risks are emerging, including US Federal Reserve rate hike, broad-based global economic slowed. 2. During survey respondents were asked to rate each initiative as either “very important (4),” “important (3),” “somewhat important (2),” “not important at all (1),” or “don’t know” (0). The results were then quantified based on a scoring system ranging from 4 (“very important”) to 0 (“don’t know”).  
    • آذار 2017
      المصدر: Transparency International
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at GLOBAL CORRUPTION BAROMETER 2015/16/17by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/research/gcb/gcb_2015_16/0 In the most extensive survey of its kind, we spoke to 21,861 people in 16 countries, regions and territories across the Asia Pacific region between July 2015 and January 2017 about their perceptions and experiences of corruption. The survey results show a great diversity in the corruption risks across the region, but in every country surveyed there is scope for improved approaches to corruption prevention.
    • تشرين الأول 2014
      المصدر: Actionable Governance Indicators Data Portal
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2015
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      ASTI collects primary time-series data on agricultural research capacity and spending levels through national survey rounds in over 80 low-and middle-income countries. Data collection is carried out by country focal points, who distribute survey forms to all agencies known to conduct agricultural research in a given country, including government, nonprofit, and higher education agencies. Private-for profit sector coverage is limited, and hence excluded from this dataset. More detailed country- and regional-level data on agricultural research capacity, investment, and outputs are available 
    • آذار 2015
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 آب, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آذار 2015
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 آب, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset presents the average number of students in a class by type of institution.
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table presents data on average monthly earnings converted to a common currency. Data in U.S. dollars are converted from local currency using exchange rates, while data in constant 2011 U.S. dollars are converted using 2011 purchasing power parities (PPPs)   Dataset splitted into below datasets:-   Local Currency (Total) - https://knoema.com/EAR_TEAR_NOC_NB   Local Currency (Men) - https://knoema.com/EAR_MEAR_NOC_NB   Local Currency (Women) - https://knoema.com/EAR_FEAR_NOC_NB   Constant 2011 PPP $ (Total) - https://knoema.com/EAR_4MPT_NOC_NB   Constant 2011 PPP $ (Men) - https://knoema.com/EAR_4MPM_NOC_NB   Constant 2011 PPP $ (Women) - https://knoema.com/EAR_4MPW_NOC_NB
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The concept of earnings, as applied in wages statistics, relates to gross remuneration in cash and in kind paid to employees, as a rule at regular intervals, for time worked or work done together with remuneration for time not worked, such as annual vacation, other type of paid leave or holidays. This indicator is presented in terms of the average monthly earnings per employee, in local currency.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The concept of earnings, as applied in wages statistics, relates to gross remuneration in cash and in kind paid to employees, as a rule at regular intervals, for time worked or work done together with remuneration for time not worked, such as annual vacation, other type of paid leave or holidays. This indicator is presented in terms of the average monthly earnings per employee, in local currency. Manufacturing refers to ISIC-Rev. 4 Section C; ISIC-Rev. 3 Category D; or ISIC-Rev. 2 Major Division 2.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The concept of earnings, as applied in wages statistics, relates to gross remuneration in cash and in kind paid to employees, as a rule at regular intervals, for time worked or work done together with remuneration for time not worked, such as annual vacation, other type of paid leave or holidays. This indicator is presented in terms of the average monthly earnings per employee, in local currency, for men.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The concept of earnings, as applied in wages statistics, relates to gross remuneration in cash and in kind paid to employees, as a rule at regular intervals, for time worked or work done together with remuneration for time not worked, such as annual vacation, other type of paid leave or holidays. This indicator is presented in terms of the average monthly earnings per employee, in local currency, for women.
  • B
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Information & eGovernment Authority of Bahrain
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.  This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Central Bank of Sao Tome and Principe
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 آب, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Balance of Payments of Sao Tome & Principe, 2013
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      BOPSY Global Tables aggregate country data by major balance of payments components and by international investment position (IIP) data for (i) Net IIP and (ii) Total Assets and Total Liabilities. Data for countries, country groups, and the world are provided. In addition to data reported by countries as shown in BOPSY, balance of payments data are provided for international organizations in BOPSY Global Tables. The BOPSY Global Tables include, in addition to reported data, data derived in a few instances indirectly from published sources.
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • حزيران 2015
      المصدر: Barro-Lee
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تشرين الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آب 2015
      المصدر: Barro-Lee
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تشرين الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2012
      المصدر: PoachingFacts.com
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 حزيران, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Bertelsmann Stiftung
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Bertelsmann Stiftung’s Transformation Index (BTI) analyzes and evaluates the quality of democracy, a market economy and political management in 128 developing and transition countries. It measures successes and setbacks on the path toward a democracy based on the rule of law and a market economy flanked by sociopolitical safeguards. Within this framework, the BTI publishes two rankings, the Status Index and the Management Index. Countries are further categorized on the basis of these status index and management rankings/scores. For instance, countries are categorized in to 5 groups – viz; 5 or failed, 4 or very limited, 3 or limited, 2 or advanced, and 1 or highly advanced—based on their status index score of 1 to 10. A country with a high score, 8.5 and above, is categorized as highly advanced. A country with a low score, below 4, is categorized as failed. A country is categorized as ‘very limited’ if it has a status index score between 4 and 5.5. A score between 5.5 and 7 means the country is categorized as ‘limited’ and a country is categorized as ‘advanced’ for a score between 7.1 and 8.5. On the basis of the democratic status ranking, countries are further categorized as 5 or ‘hard - line autocracies,’ 4 or ‘moderate autocracies,’ 3 or ‘highly defective democracies,’ 2 or ‘defective democracies,’ and 1 or ‘democracies in consolidation.’ A country with a democratic status ranking below 4 is categorized as a hard line autocracy. A democratic status score between 4 and 5 means that the country is part of the ‘moderate autocracy’ group. A country is grouped as a ‘highly defective democracy’ for a score between 5 and 6. A country is recognized as a ‘defective democracy’ for a score between 6 and 8, and a score of 8 and above earns a country the status of a ‘democracy in consolidation.’ Countries are also categorized in to 5 groups based on their market economy status ranking. The countries are categorized as ‘rudimentary’ or group 5, ‘poorly functioning’ or group 4, ‘functional flaws’ or group 3, ‘functioning’ or group 2, and ‘developed’ or group 1. A country is recognized as a member of the ‘developed’ group with a market economy status ranking/score of 8 and above. A country is grouped as ‘functioning’ if it has a score between 7 and 8. A market economy status ranking between 5 and 7 means the country is categorized to group 3 or the ‘functional flaws’ group. A score between 3 and 5 means that the country is ‘poorly functioning’ and a score below 3 means the country enjoys a ‘rudimentary’ status. Based on the management index ranking, countries are categorized as 5 or failed, 4 or weak, 3 or moderate, 2 or good, and1 or very good. A country is categorized as ‘very good’ for a score of 7 and above. It is categorized as ‘good’ for a score between 5.6 and 7, and as ‘moderate’ for a score between 4.4 and 5.5. A score between 3 and 4.3 means a country is categorized as ‘weak,’ and a score below 3 means the categorization of a country as ‘failed.’ Countries are ranked between 1 and 10 on the basis of the level of difficulty they face. The level of difficulty is further categorized as 5 or negligible, 4 or minor, 3 or moderate, 2 or substantial, and 1 or massive. A score of 8.5 and above means the categorization of the country’s level of difficulty as ‘massive, and a score below 2.5 means the categorization of the level of difficulty faced by the country as ‘negligible.’ The level of difficulty score of 2.5 to 4.4 means a country faces a ‘minor’ level of difficulty and a score between 4.5 and 6.4 means the level of difficulty faced by a country is ‘moderate.’ A country with a score of 6.5 to 8.4 faces a ‘substantial’ level of difficulty.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: National Statistics Bureau, Bhutan
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2014
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 شباط, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This data set provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: United Nations COMTRADE
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Both ethanol and biodiesel are classified under the HS-6 digit categories that also contain other products. Biodiesel is an industrial product (as it is produced through a chemical process called transesterification) and classified under HS code 382490 - products, preparations and residual products of the chemical or allied industries not elsewhere specified. Ethanol is classified as an agriculture product under HS code 2207, which covers un-denatured (HS 2207 10) and denatured alcohol (HS 2207 20).
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements-BIS
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The consolidated banking statistics (CBS) measure international banking activity from a nationality perspective, focusing on the country where the banking group's parent is headquartered. While residence-based data such as the locational banking statistics indicate where positions are booked, they do not always identify where underlying decisions are made. This is because banking offices in one country may operate within a business model decided by the group's controlling parent, which may be headquartered in another country. The CBS capture the worldwide claims of banking groups based in reporting countries and exclude intragroup positions, similar to the consolidation approach followed by banking supervisors. The CBS provide several different measures of banking groups' country risk exposures, on either an immediate counterparty or an ultimate risk basis. The most appropriate exposure measure depends on the issue being analysed. The benchmark measure in the CBS is foreign claims, which capture credit to borrowers outside a banking group's home country.   Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".  
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements-BIS
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements-BIS
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements-BIS
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The residential property price statistics collect data from different countries. The BIS has obtained permission from various national data providers, with the assistance of its member central banks, to disseminate these statistics. The topic ‘Property prices: Selected series,’ contains nominal and real quarterly values for 58 countries, both in levels and in growth rates (ie four series per country). Real series are the nominal price series deflated by the consumer price index. The BIS has made the selection based on the Handbook on Residential Property Prices and the experience and metadata of central banks.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements-BIS
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      >>All series on credit to the non-financial sector cover 44 economies, both advanced and emerging. They capture the outstanding amount of credit at the end of the reference quarter. Credit is provided by domestic banks, all other sectors of the economy and non-residents. In terms of financial instruments, credit covers the core debt, defined as loans, debt securities and currency & deposits.   >>All series are published in local currency, in US dollars and as percentages of nominal GDP. The regional aggregates as percentages of GDP are calculated based on conversion to the US dollar at market and at purchasing power parity (PPP) exchange rates.
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Bloom Consulting
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 أيار, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD. In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: BP
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Times Higher Education
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Times Higher Education Emerging Economies University Rankings 2018 includes only institutions in countries classified by the FTSE as “advanced emerging”, “secondary emerging” or “frontier”. its fifth year, the 2018 ranking parts with the ‘BRICS’ acronym in the title to recognise the strength and potential of a diverse range of emerging economies. The rankings use the same 13 performance indicators as the THE World University Rankings to judge institutions on their teaching, research, knowledge transfer and international outlook. But they are recalibrated to reflect the development priorities of universities in emerging economies. The performance indicators are grouped into five areas: 1. Teaching (the learning environment) 2. Research (volume, income and reputation) 3. Citations (research influence) 4. International outlook (staff, students and research) 5. Industry income (knowledge transfer) Note: The ranking of institutions, after 200, have been given in range like 201-250 and 251-300. The rank has been taken as 201, 202, 203……..250 as the same order as they appear in the source.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The World Bank Jobs Statistics Over 150 indicators on labor-related topics, covering over 200 economies from 1990 to present.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.   Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators.   The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.   Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
  • C
    • تشرين الأول 2017
      المصدر: World Resources Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data Citation: CAIT Climate Data Explorer. 2017. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute. Available online at: http://cait.wri.org   CAIT data carries a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license   CAIT Historic allows for easy access, analysis and visualization of the latest available international greenhouse gas emissions data. It includes information for 186 countries, 50 U.S. states, 6 gases, multiple economic sectors, and 160 years - carbon dioxide emissions for 1850-2012 and multi-sector greenhouse gas emission for 1990-2012.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Government of Canada
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset is updated with data obtained from Statistics Canada and the U.S. Census Bureau. Current data June 2018. Trade Data is updated on a monthly and annual basis, with revisions in March, April, May, August and November to previous year's data. Trade Data is available on both product and industry-based versions. The product Trade Data is classified by Harmonized System (HS) codes while the industry data is based on North American Industry Classification System(NAICS) classification codes. Source: Statistics Canada and the U.S.Census Bureau
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Canada
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      For the location "Puerto Rico" data is available from 1990.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      It presents gross capital formation, gross fixed capital formation, changes in inventories and acquisition less disposals of valuables broken down by detailed industries. Gross fixed capital formation is also available broken down by type of assets. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2017 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: China Association of Automobile Manufacturers
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Shakthi Krishnan
      تم الوصول في: 13 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      World: Car Sales by Country 2017
    • تشرين الأول 2015
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Indicators in the OECD database on Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions embodied in international trade are derived by combining the 2015 version of OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database with International Energy Agency (IEA) statistics on CO2 emissions from fuel combustion. Production-based CO2 emissions are estimated by allocating the IEA CO2 emissions to the 34 target industries in OECD ICIO and, to final demand for fuels, by both residents and non-residents. Consumption-based CO2 emissions are calculated by multiplying the intensities of the production-based emissions (c) with the global Leontief inverse (I-A)(-1) and global final demand matrix (Y) from OECD ICIO, taking the column sums of the resulting matrix and adding residential and private road emissions (FNLC), i.e. direct emissions from final demand: colsum [ diag(c) (I-A)(-1) Y ] + FNLC. The ICIO system includes discrepancies in the trade data (referred to as DISC). Emissions allocated to DISC are made explicit (e.g. in indicator FD_CO2). This ensures that global CO2 production equals global CO2 consumption.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident. An occupational injury that is fatal is the result of an occupational accident where death occurred within one year from the day of the accident. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident. An occupational injury that is fatal is the result of an occupational accident where death occurred within one year from the day of the accident.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident not leading to death. The non-fatal occupational injury entails a loss of working time. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident not leading to death. The non-fatal occupational injury entails a loss of working time.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories, and at the subnational level for a subset of countries.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements-BIS
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: National Bureau of Statistics, China
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 آذار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Concepts and definitionsDescription Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure and vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Area For reasons of privacy protection, cells with less than 10 cases of citizenship, country of birth, background country or language by municipality have been marked with two dots. Continent sums have not been hidden in municipality data nor have regional data concerning individual languages or countries. Citizenship If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Citizens of non-autonomous states are summed under the mother country. Citizenship Czech Republic Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • كانون الثاني 2016
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 أيلول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2012
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 أيلول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The results data is based on the portfolio of CTF projects and has been compiled on behalf of the following multilateral development banks: ADB, AFDB, EBRD, IDB, IFC and IBRD. It follows the principles outlined under the Revised CTF Results Framework and includes five core indicators that help determine whether and to what extent the CTF interventions achieve the proposed project/ program outcome objectives involving: (a) Avoided greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions; (b) Increased finance for low carbon development mobilized; (c) Increased supply of renewable energy (RE); (d) Increased access to public transport; (e) Increased energy efficiency. Please note that this is based on 53 out of 55 projects reporting results and does not include (2) CONFIDENTIAL projects. Reporting Year: 2017
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: End Coal
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Coal Power Plants Statistics
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The collective bargaining coverage rate conveys the number of employees whose pay and/or conditions of employment are determined by one or more collective agreement(s) as a percentage of the total number of employees. Collective bargaining coverage includes, to the extent possible, workers covered by collective agreements in virtue of their extension. Collective bargaining coverage rates are adjusted for the possibility that some workers do not have the right to bargain collectively over wages (e.g. workers in the public services who have their wages determined by state regulation or other methods involving consultation), unless otherwise stated in the notes. The statistics presented in this table result from an ILO data compilation effort (including an annual questionnaire and numerous special enquiries), with contributions from J. Visser.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 17 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      World Bank Report on Commodity Markets Outlook, 2018 October Financial Years like 1970/71,1980/1981,2017/2018,2018/2019 is taken as 1971,1981,2018,2019
    • آذار 2016
      المصدر: UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Statistical population: CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators.   CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms.   Recommended uses and limitations: The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2016
      المصدر: Concordia
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تموز, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      THE CONCORDIA PARTNERSHIP Index (the Index) was developed as a tool for public, private, and nonprofit organizations to identify opportunities to form strategic partnerships and pool resources for the implementation of innovative ideas. The Index ranks countries based on their readiness and need to engage in public-private partnerships (P3s). The inclu- sion of the need indicators sets the Index apart from other indices that measure P3 environ- ments. While the success of a P3 depends on a country’s political and market structures, the Index recognizes that for a P3 to be truly impactful it must address a large-scale need.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Consumer price indexes (CPIs) are index numbers that measure changes in the prices of goods and services purchased or otherwise acquired by households, which households use directly, or indirectly, to satisfy their own needs and wants. In practice, most CPIs are calculated as weighted averages of the percentage price changes for a specified set, or ‘‘basket’’, of consumer products, the weights reflecting their relative importance in household consumption in some period. CPIs are widely used to index pensions and social security benefits. CPIs are also used to index other payments, such as interest payments or rents, or the prices of bonds. CPIs are also commonly used as a proxy for the general rate of inflation, even though they measure only consumer inflation. They are used by some governments or central banks to set inflation targets for purposes of monetary policy. The price data collected for CPI purposes can also be used to compile other indices, such as the price indices used to deflate household consumption expenditures in national accounts, or the purchasing power parities used to compare real levels of consumption in different countries.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' contains all data that was previously contained in three different datasets: 'Consumer Prices', 'National Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) by COICOP divisions' and 'Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) by COICOP divisions'. The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 36 OECD member countries and for some non-member countries. The ‘Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices including national CPIs, Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) and their associated weights and contributions to national annual inflation. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases, a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data).
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Transparency International
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 27 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at CORRUPTION PERCEPTIONS INDEX 2017 by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/news/feature/corruption_perceptions_index_2017 Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Numbeo
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at NUMBEO Numbeo is the world’s largest database of user contributed data about cities and countries worldwide. Numbeo provides current and timely information on world living conditions including cost of living, housing indicators, health care, traffic, crime and pollution. For more information please check http://www.numbeo.com/cost-of-living/rankings_by_country.jsp   About dataset: These indices are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City. Cost of Living Index (Excl. Rent) is a relative indicator of consumer goods price, including groceries, restaurants, transportation and utilities. Cost of Living Index doesn't include accommodation expenses such as rent or mortgage. If a city has a Cost of Living Index of 120, it means Numbeo estimates it is 20% more expensive than New York (excluding rent). Rent Index is estimation of prices of renting apartments in the city compared to New York City. If Rent index is 80, Numbeo estimates that price for renting in that city is 80% of price in New York. Groceries Index is an estimation of grocery prices in the city compared to New York City. To calculate this section, Numbeo uses "Markets"section of each city. Restaurants Index is a comparison of prices of meals and drinks in restaurants and bars compared to NYC. Cost of Living Plus Rent Index is an estimation of consumer goods prices including rent in the city comparing to New York City. Local Purchasing Power shows relative purchasing power in buying goods and services in a given city for the average wage in that city. If domestic purchasing power is 40, this means that the inhabitants of that city with the average salary can afford to buy 60% less typical goods and services than New York City residents with an average salary.
    • تشرين الثاني 2014
      المصدر: Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 كانون الأول, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2012
      المصدر: Freedom House
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 كانون الأول, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Countries at the Crossroads is an annual analysis of government performance in 70 strategically important countries worldwide that are at a critical crossroads in determining their political future. The in-depth comparative assessments and quantitative ratings – examining government accountability, civil liberties, rule of law, and anticorruption and transparency efforts – are intended to help international policymakers identify areas of progress, as well as to highlight areas of concern that could be addressed in diplomatic efforts and reform assistance.The Crossroads project has generated far-reaching interest since its inception in 2004. Increased attention to the relationship between competent governance and respect for civil and political rights means that scholars and policymakers require sophisticated tools to help place the performance of various governments in perspective. Crossroads helps ground this analysis by providing indispensable quantitative assessment that allows for comparison over time, as well as detailed narrative reports that provide real-world context.A new edition of Crossroads is published each year, with half the set of countries analyzed in odd years and the other half in even years. Crossroads reports are written and evaluated by some of the most prominent independent experts available for each country.
    • نيسان 2015
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 آب, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: The United States President's Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Operating unit-level results for 2016 and prior years represent aggregated totals. For 2015 and 2016, results are available at the subnational level. For 2014 results and prior, the data can only be viewed and explored in aggregate country or regional form. General patterns can be explored for all results, allowing the investigation of trends within and among different operating units. Some variation exists between indicator versions from PEPFAR during 2004-2010, 2011-2014, and 2015-2016. More detail regarding these differences can be found in the indicator reference documents and in reference materials attached to this dashboard.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: NYU Stern
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset summarizes the latest bond ratings and appropriate default spreads for different countries. While you can use these numbers as rough estimates of country risk premiums, you may want to modify the premia to reflect the additional risk of equity markets. To estimate the long term country equity risk premium, I start with a default spread, which I obtain in one of two ways: (1) I use the local currency sovereign rating (from Moody's: www.moodys.com) and estimate the default spread for that rating (based upon traded country bonds) over a default free government bond rate. For countries without a Moody's rating but with an S&P rating, I use the Moody's equivalent of the S&P rating. To get the default spreads by sovereign rating, I use the CDS spreads and compute the average CDS spread by rating. Using that number as a basis, I extrapolate for those ratings for which I have no CDS spreads. (2) I start with the CDS spread for the country, if one is available and subtract out the US CDS spread, since my mature market premium is derived from the US market. That difference becomes the country spread. For the few countries that have CDS spreads that are lower than the US, I will get a negative number. You can add just this default spread to the mature market premium to arrive at the total equity risk premium. I add an additional step. In the short term especially, the equity country risk premium is likely to be greater than the country's default spread. You can estimate an adjusted country risk premium by multiplying the default spread by the relative equity market volatility for that market (Std dev in country equity market/Std dev in country bond). I have used the emerging market average of 1.12 (estimated by comparing a emerging market equity index to an emerging market government/public bond index) to estimate country risk premium.I have added this to my estimated risk premium of 5.08% for mature markets (obtained by looking at the implied premium for the S&P 500) to get the total risk premium.   Citation: Damodaran, Aswath, Equity Risk Premiums (ERP): Determinants, Estimation and Implications – The 2016 Edition (March 5, 2016). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2742186 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2742186  
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Concepts and definitionsDescription Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Country of birth The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Non-autonomous states are summed under their mother country. Country of birth Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Concepts and definitionsDescription Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure and vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Area For reasons of privacy protection, cells with less than 10 cases of citizenship, country of birth, background country or language by municipality have been marked with two dots. Continent sums have not been hidden in municipality data nor have regional data concerning individual languages or countries. Country of birth The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Non-autonomous states are summed under their mother country. Country of birth Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Reputation Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Country RepTrak | Top Countries by ReputationThe Global RepTrak® 100 is a study that Reputation Institute conducts annually to measure the reputation of the world’s 100 most highly-regarded and familiar global companies in 15 countries. Included firms must meet the following qualifications: 1) Have a significant economic presence in the 15 largest economies 2) Have an above average reputation in its home country 3) Have global familiarity over 40% It is the largest Global reputation study, with ~170,000 ratings   Normative Scale for Reputation track pulse score Excellent/Top Tier: 80+ Strong/Robust: 70-79 Avg./Moderate: 60-69 Weak/Vulnerable: 40-59 Poor/Lowest: <40
    • آذار 2012
      المصدر: Knoema
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Country Risk Assessment Database, 2012. Source: Multiple Sources - EuroStat, WB, IMF, OECD, UNCTAD
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The country statistical profiles provide a broad selection of indicators, illustrating the demographic, economic, environmental and social developments, for all OECD members. The dataset also covers the five key partner economies with which the OECD has developed an enhanced engagement program with (Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) ,accession countries (Colombia, Costa Rica and Lithuania) , Peru and the Russian Federation. The user can easily compare indicators across all countries. Total fertility rates - Unit of measure used: Number of children born to women aged 15 to 49
    • كانون الأول 2015
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 نيسان, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      COFR presents data on fiscal transparency. It provides an overview of fiscal reporting, including whether fiscal data are available for all of the general government, whether the government reports a balance sheet, and whether spending and revenue are reported on a cash or accrual basis. It also derives specific indices of the coverage of public institutions, fiscal flows, and fiscal stocks.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Credit to Agriculture dataset provides national data for over 100 countries on the amount of loans provided by the private/commercial banking sector to producers in agriculture, forestry and fisheries, including household producers, cooperatives, and agro-businesses. For some countries, the three sub sectors of agriculture, forestry, and fishing are completely specified. In other cases, complete dis aggregations are not available. The dataset also provides statistics on the total credit to all industries, indicators on the share of credit to agricultural producers, and an agriculture orientation index (the agriculture share of credit, over the agriculture share of GDP).
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: Numbeo
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Crime Index is an estimation of overall level of crime in a given city or a country. We consider crime levels lower than 20 as very low, crime levels between 20 and 40 as being low, crime levels between 40 and 60 as being moderate, crime levels between 60 and 80 as being high and finally crime levels higher than 80 as being very high. Safety index is, on the other way, quite opposite of crime index. If the city has a high safety index, it is considered very safe. Data cited at: https://www.numbeo.com/crime/rankings.jsp?title=2018.
    • شباط 2013
      المصدر: RAND Corporation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This report describes the results of a study of the sources and reliability of the supply of imported materials on which United States manufacturers are dependent. It should be of interest to a broad spectrum of individuals and organizations in the materials and manufacturing sectors as well as government, private sector, and non-profit organizations involved with or concerned about those sectors. This research was sponsored by the National Intelligence Council and conducted within the Intelligence Policy Center of the RAND National Defense Research Institute, a federally funded research and development center sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Staff, the Unified Combatant Commands, the Navy, the Marine Corps, the defense agencies, and the defense Intelligence Community
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: European Commission
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Monthly and Cumulative Crude Oil Imports in Intra EU, December 2017 Note: (1) Source: Council Regulation (EC) n°2964/95 of 20 December 1995. (2) The cif price includes the fob price (the price actually invoiced at the port of loading), the cost of transport, insurance and certain charges linked to crude oil transfer operations. (3) Due to confidentiality Czech Republic is excluded from EU(28). (4) For Romania November-2016 and December-2016 are estimations derived from Eurostat data
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GHG emissions data from the cultivation of organic soils are those associated with nitrous oxide gas from organic soils under cropland (item: Cropland organic soils) and grassland (item: Grassland organic soils). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by cropland, grassland and by their aggregation. Implied emission factor for N2O as well activity data (areas) are also provided.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Shakthi Krishnan
      تم الوصول في: 18 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a cross rates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
  • D
    • حزيران 2017
      المصدر: Bank of Canada
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Bank of Canada’s Credit Rating Assessment Group (CRAG) comprehensive database of sovereign defaults draws on previously published data sets compiled by various official and private sector sources. It combines elements of these, together with new information, to develop estimates of stocks of government obligations in default, including bonds and other marketable securities, bank loans, and official loans in default, valued in U.S. dollars, for the years 1960 to 2016 on both a country-by-country and a global basis. This update of CRAG’s database, and subsequent updates, will be useful to researchers analyzing the economic and financial effects of individual sovereign defaults and, importantly, the impact on global financial stability of episodes involving multiple sovereign defaults.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Days lost due to temporary incapacity refers to the total number of calendar days during which those persons temporarily incapacitated were unable to work, excluding the day of the accident, up to a maximum of one year. Temporary absences from work of less than one day for medical treatment are not included. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Days lost due to temporary incapacity refers to the total number of calendar days during which those persons temporarily incapacitated were unable to work, excluding the day of the accident, up to a maximum of one year. Temporary absences from work of less than one day for medical treatment are not included.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Time lost per occupational injury is defined as the average number of calendar days lost per new cases of non-fatal occupational injury resulting in temporary incapacity.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Days not worked as a result of strikes and lockouts represent the total number of working days not worked as a result of strikes and lockouts in progress during the year. It is measured in terms of the sum of the actual working days during which work would normally have been carried out by each worker involved had there been no stoppage. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements-BIS
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Islamic Development Bank (IDB)
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 أيلول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Statistics Division
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The United Nations Statistics Division collects, compiles and disseminates official demographic and social statistics on a wide range of topics. Data have been collected since 1948 through a set of questionnaires dispatched annually to over 230 national statistical offices and have been published in the Demographic Yearbook collection. The Demographic Yearbook disseminates statistics on population size and composition, births, deaths, marriage and divorce, as well as respective rates, on an annual basis. The Demographic Yearbook census datasets cover a wide range of additional topics including economic activity, educational attainment, household characteristics, housing characteristics, ethnicity, language, foreign-born and foreign population. The available Population and Housing Censuses' datasets reported to UNSD for the censuses conducted worldwide since 1995, are now available in UNdata. This latest update includes several datasets on international travel and migration inflows and outflows, and on incoming and departing international migrants by several characteristics, as reported by the national authorities to the UN Statistics Division for the reference years 2010 to the present as available.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Financing Global Health 2016 is the eighth edition of IHME’s annual series on global health spending and health financing. In addition to describing the trends in development assistance for health (DAH), this year’s report features an expanded discussion of domestic spending across low-, middle-, and high-income countries to describe the context in which DAH operates, identify health financing gaps, and support the pursuit of universal health coverage. Also new in Financing Global Health this year are detailed data for the funding of specific program areas within DAH for malaria and more thorough analysis of DAH for health system strengthening. This adds to the existing detailed tracking of DAH by program area for HIV/AIDS, maternal, newborn, and child health, and non-communicable diseases (NCDs). The coverage of domestic health spending builds on data and analyses presented in two papers published this year: “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Evolution and patterns of global health financing 1995–2014: development assistance for health, and government, prepaid private, and out-of-pocket health spending in 184 countries,” and “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Future and potential spending on health 2015–2040 by government, prepaid private, out-of-pocket, and donor financing for 184 countries.” Both analyses were published in The Lancet in April 2017. More information about these data and methods are found in the online methods annex.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: The Fletcher School,Tufts University
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The DEI 2017 is a data-driven holistic evaluation of the progress of the digital economy across 60 countries, combining more than 100 different indicators across four key drivers: Supply Conditions, Demand Conditions, Institutional Environment, and Innovation and Change. The resulting framework captures both the state and rate of digital evolution and identifies implications for investment, innovation, and policy priorities. DEI 2017 also highlights the evolving nature of the risks being created by our continuing reliance on digital technology. Towards this end, the study covers a key question of “digital trust.“ The DEI 2017 incorporates a newly devised analysis of digital trust that takes into account the trustworthiness of the digital environment for each country; the quality of users’ experience; attitudes towards key institutions and organizations; and users’ behavior when they interact with the digital world. This subject is of great interest to all participants in the digital economy, given the concerns about security of essential information, cyber-attacks, and consumers’ apprehensions—about the digital systems and their reliability, the digital companies and their growing dominance, and about the leaders of digital companies. The DEI framework segments the 60 countries into Stand Outs, Stall Outs, Break Outs and Watch Outs. Three countries are notable as standouts even within the Stand Out segment: Singapore, New Zealand, and the UAE. Each has a unique policy-led digital strategy and a narrative that may be considered by other nations as worthy of emulation or adoption. The Nordic countries and Switzerland are at the top of the DEI 2017 rankings. China, once again, tops the list of countries in terms of the pace of change in its digital evolution, or momentum.
    • أيار 2007
      المصدر: International Telecommunication Union
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 أيار, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Direct Investment Abroad: Reinvestment of Earnings Without Current Cost Adjustment, United States
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis:  Country Detail by Industry, United States
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GBD 2017 - Disability-Adjusted Life Years and Healthy Life Expectancy 1990-2017 The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) by cause, age, and sex and healthy life expectancy (HALE) by age and sex are available from the GBD Results Tool for 1990-2016 (quinquennial). Select tables published in The Lancet in September 2017 in "Global, regional, and national disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) for 333 diseases and injuries and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 195 countries and territories, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016" are also available for download via the “Files” tab above.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Discouraged job-seekers refer to those persons of working age who during a specified reference period were without work and available for work, but did not look for work in the recent past for specific reasons (for example, believing that there were no jobs available, believing there were none for which they would qualify, or having given up hope of finding employment). The working age population is commonly defined as persons aged 15 years and older, but this varies from country to country. In addition to using a minimum age threshold, certain countries also apply a maximum age limit.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      It presents the different transactions and balances to get from the GDP to the net lending/net borrowing. Therefore, it includes, in particular, national disposable income (gross and net), consumption of fixed capital as well as net saving.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD FSE database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies. These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual. More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.
    • كانون الأول 2008
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Peter Speyer
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      IHME research, published in the Lancet in 2008. The study, Tracking progress towards universal childhood immunizations and the impact of global initiatives, provides estimates with confidence intervals of the coverage of three-dose diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTP3) vaccination. The estimates take into account all publicly available data, including data from routine reporting systems and nationally representative surveys.
  • E
    • تموز 2013
      المصدر: Earth Policy Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تموز, 2013
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Contains annual data series on water consumption, irrigated area, solar water and space heating area, countries overpumping aquifers and water deficits for the countries and regions through the time period from 1961 to 2013.
    • شباط 2015
      المصدر: U.S. Geological Survey
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 نيسان, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2014
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 أيار, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The East Asia and Pacific Economic Update is the comprehensive, twice-yearly review of the region’s economies prepared by the East Asia and Pacific region of the World Bank. The report provides forward-looking analysis of the region's economic and social well-being, and includes data on key indicators for output, employment, prices, public sector, foreign trade, BOP, external debt and financial markets.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Fraser Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Fraser Institute   The economic freedom index measures the degree of economic freedom present in five major areas: [1] Size of Government; [2] Legal System and Security of Property Rights; [3] Sound Money; [4] Freedom to Trade Internationally; [5] Regulation. Within the five major areas, there are 24 components (area) in economic freedom index. Each component and sub-component is placed on a scale from 0 to 10.
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 25 May 2018. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Long Term Baseline analyzes the major economic trends beyond the OECD short-term projections. For all OECD economies, and the major non-OECD economies, it provides coverage of components of potential growth, fiscal balances and debt accumulation, domestic saving and investment balances, and external balances (through the current account). It also includes interest rates consistent with those projections. The database contains annual data to 2060. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Annual National Accounts, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and Eurostat.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2012
      المصدر: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2013
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Edelman
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 آذار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Edelman Trust Barometer reveals that trust is in crisis around the world. The general population’s trust in all four key institutions — business, government, NGOs, and media — has declined broadly, a phenomenon not reported since Edelman began tracking trust among this segment in 2012. With the fall of trust, the majority of respondents now lack full belief that the overall system is working for them. In this climate, people’s societal and economic concerns, including globalization, the pace of innovation and eroding social values, turn into fears, spurring the rise of populist actions now playing out in several Western-style democracies. To rebuild trust and restore faith in the system, institutions must step outside of their traditional roles and work toward a new, more integrated operating model that puts people — and the addressing of their fears — at the center of everything they do.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Countries report expenditures by public institutions, government-dependent private institutions, and independent private institutions. These expenditure figures are intended to represent the total cost of services provided by each type of institution, without regard to sources of funds (whether they are public or private). Expenditure is classified into current and capital expenditure. Current expenditure is then broken down, into expenditure on compensation of personnel, and expenditure on other (non-personnel) resources.
    • كانون الأول 2015
      المصدر: United Nations Development Programme
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Misha Gusev
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Calculated using Mean Years of Schooling and Expected Years of Schooling.
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data regarding the labour force status and the educational attainment level by the National Educational Attainment Categories (NEAC) as reported by the labour force survey (LFS) and published in OECD Education at a Glance 2017. For trend data, the Education at a Glance Database includes data from 1981 to 2016 (or years with available data).
    • حزيران 2016
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 09 حزيران, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      EIA's Annual Energy Outlook provides modeled projections of domestic energy markets through 2050, and it includes cases with different assumptions regarding macroeconomic growth, world oil prices, technological progress, and energy policies. Strong domestic production coupled with relatively flat energy demand allow the United States to become a net energy exporter over the projection period in most cases. In the Reference case, natural gas consumption grows the most on an absolute basis, and non-hydroelectric renewables grow the most on a percentage basis.The AEO is developed using the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS), an integrated model that captures interactions of economic changes and energy supply, demand, and prices.Energy market projections are subject to much uncertainty, as many of the events that shape energy markets and future developments in technologies, demographics, and resources cannot be foreseen with certainty.
    • كانون الأول 2016
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of savanna consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced from the burning of vegetation biomass in the following five land cover types: Savanna, Woody Savanna, Open Shrublands, Closed Shrublands, and Grasslands. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (savanna, woody savanna, closed shrubland, open shrubland, grassland) and by aggregates (all categories, savanna and woody savanna, closed and open shrubland). Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Agriculture Total contains all the emissions produced in the different agricultural emissions sub-domains (enteric fermentation, manure management, rice cultivation, synthetic fertilizers, manure applied to soils, manure left on pastures, crop residues, cultivation of organic soils, burning of crop residues, burning of savanna, energy use), providing a picture of the contribution to the total amount of GHG emissions from agriculture. GHG emissions from agriculture consist of non-CO2 gases, namely methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), produced by crop and livestock production and management activities. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg CO2 and CO2eq (from CH4 and N2O), by underlying agricultural emission sub-domain and by aggregate (agriculture total, agriculture total plus energy, agricultural soils).
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from enteric fermentation consist of methane gas produced in digestive systems of ruminants and to a lesser extent of non-ruminants. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4 and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market)) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, mules and asses, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for CH4 and activity data are also provided
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GHG emissions from manure applied to soils consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) added to agricultural soils by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the application site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market) and turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (N content in manure) are also provided.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GHG emissions from manure left on pastures consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) left on pastures by grazing livestock. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as direct, indirect and total Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding, market), turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and N content in manure are also provided.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from synthetic fertilizers consist of nitrous oxide gas from synthetic nitrogen additions to managed soils. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the addition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (consumption) are also provided.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of biomass consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from biomass combustion of forest land cover classes ‘Humid and Tropical Forest’ and ‘Other Forests’, and of methane, nitrous oxide, and carbon dioxide gases from combustion of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (humid tropical forest, other forest, organic soils) and by aggregate (burning - all categories). Implied emission factors for N2O, CH4 and CO2 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from cropland are currently limited to emissions from cropland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under cropland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol5.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • شباط 2016
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 شباط, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Annual net CO2 emission/removal from Forest Land consist of net carbon stock gain/loss in the living biomass pool (aboveground and belowground biomass) associated with Forest and Net Forest Conversion. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html) and using area and carbon stocks data compiled by countries in the FAO Global Forest Resource Assessments (http://www.fao.org/forestry/fra/en/). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net stock change Gg C, net emissions/removals Gg CO2 and CO2eq, by forest or net forest conversion and by aggregate (forest land). Implied emission factor for CO2 as well as activity data (area, net area difference, total forest area and carbon stock in living biomass) are also given.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from grassland are currently limited to emissions from grassland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under grassland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol6.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Land Use Total contains all GHG emissions and removals produced in the different Land Use sub-domains, representing the three IPCC Land Use categories: cropland, forest land, and grassland, collectively called emissions/removals from the Forestry and Other Land Use (FOLU) sector. FOLU emissions consist of CO2 (carbon dioxide), CH4 (methane) and N2O (nitrous oxide) associated with land management activities. CO2 emissions/removals are derived from estimated net carbon stock changes in above and below-ground biomass pools of forest land, including forest land converted to other land uses. CH4 and N2O, and additional CO2 emissions are estimated for fires and drainage of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided as by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, net emissions/removals as GG CO2 and Gg CO2eq, by underlying land use emission sub-domain and by aggregate (land use total).
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employed migrants refer to the number of persons who changed their country of usual residence and were also employed during a specified brief period. Data are disaggregated by country of origin. A person's country of origin is that from which the person originates, i.e. the country of his or her citizenship (or, in the case of stateless persons, the country of usual residence).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Hint: Occupational data can be filtered to different hierarchy levels of the classification (Level 1, Level 2) by entering in the Search field, e.g. Level 2. The figures in the tables are final. Description of statisticsConcepts and definitions Classifications .. = Data not available or too uncertain for presentation, or subject to secrecy. From 2005, the employment pension insurance includes those aged 18 to 68, while previously the obligation to take out pension insurance for employees already started from the age of 14. This is visible in the employment statistics from 2005 onwards as a fall in employment by young people and a rise in the number of students. Statistics cannot be compiled reliably on employment by under-age people on the basis of register data. Background countries are specified in the table if the number of employed persons in the background country exceeds 99. © Tilastokeskus - Statistics Finland
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by economic activity and occupation, according to the latest versions of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) and International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO), respectively. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year, and presented for categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year, and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are provided by institutional sector, which refers to disaggregations by public and private sector employment. Public sector employment covers employment in the government sector plus employment in publicly-owned resident enterprises and companies, operating at central, state (or regional) and local levels of government. It covers all persons employed directly by those institutions, regardless of the particular type of employment contract. Private sector employment comprises employment in all resident units operated by private enterprises, that is, it excludes enterprises controlled or operated by the government sector.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year and presented for categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by weekly hours actually worked, on the basis of the mean number of hours of work per week, and with reference to hours worked in all jobs of employed persons and in all types of working time arrangements (e.g. full-time and part-time). Hours actually worked include (a) direct hours or the time spent carrying out the tasks and duties of a job, (b) related hours, or the time spent maintaining, facilitating or enhancing productive activities (c) down time, or time when a person in a job cannot work due to machinery or process breakdown, accident, lack of supplies or power or Internet access and (d) resting time, or time spent in short periods of rest, relief or refreshment, including tea, coffee or prayer breaks, generally practised by custom or contract according to established norms and/or national circumstances. Hours actually worked excludes time not worked during activities such as: (a) Annual leave, public holidays, sick leave, parental leave or maternity/paternity leave, other leave for personal or family reasons or civic duty, (b) Commuting time between work and home when no productive activity for the job is performed; for paid employment, even when paid by the employer; (c) Time spent in certain educational activities; for paid employment, even when authorized, paid or provided by the employer; (d) Longer breaks distinguished from short resting time when no productive activity is performed (such as meal breaks or natural repose during long trips); for paid employment, even when paid by the employer.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity and occupation, according to the latest versions of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) and International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO), respectively. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Employed migrants refer to individuals who changed their country of usual residence and were also employed during a specified brief period. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC Rev.4). Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which the person worked during the reference period (it does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works).
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). They should include all of those who are resident within the country and exercise an economic activity for a certain period of time, regardless of legal residency status or citizenship. Employed migrants refer to individuals who changed their country of usual residence and were employed during a specified brief period. Data are disaggregated by sex and age.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year, and presented for categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year, and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are provided by institutional sector, which refers to disaggregations by public and private sector employment. Public sector employment covers employment in the government sector plus employment in publicly-owned resident enterprises and companies, operating at central, state (or regional) and local levels of government. It covers all persons employed directly by those institutions, regardless of the particular type of employment contract. Private sector employment comprises employment in all resident units operated by private enterprises, that is, it excludes enterprises controlled or operated by the government sector.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO). Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the labour force estimates and projections methodological paper. 
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). They should include all of those who are resident within the country and exercise an economic activity for a certain period of time, regardless of legal residency status or citizenship. Employed migrants refer to individuals who changed their country of usual residence and were employed during a specified brief period. Data are disaggregated by sex and status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by weekly hours actually worked, on the basis of the mean number of hours of work per week, and with reference to hours worked in all jobs of employed persons and in all types of working time arrangements (e.g. full-time and part-time). Hours actually worked include (a) direct hours or the time spent carrying out the tasks and duties of a job, (b) related hours, or the time spent maintaining, facilitating or enhancing productive activities (c) down time, or time when a person in a job cannot work due to machinery or process breakdown, accident, lack of supplies or power or Internet access and (d) resting time, or time spent in short periods of rest, relief or refreshment, including tea, coffee or prayer breaks, generally practised by custom or contract according to established norms and/or national circumstances. Hours actually worked excludes time not worked during activities such as: (a) Annual leave, public holidays, sick leave, parental leave or maternity/paternity leave, other leave for personal or family reasons or civic duty, (b) Commuting time between work and home when no productive activity for the job is performed; for paid employment, even when paid by the employer; (c) Time spent in certain educational activities; for paid employment, even when authorized, paid or provided by the employer; (d) Longer breaks distinguished from short resting time when no productive activity is performed (such as meal breaks or natural repose during long trips); for paid employment, even when paid by the employer.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by level of education, which refers to the highest levelof education completed, classified according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCE).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are provided by age and geographical coverage, which entails a disaggregation by rural and urban areas.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. Data are also disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. Data are also disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by level of education, which refers to the highest levelof education completed, classified according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCE).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by weekly hours actually worked, on the basis of the mean number of hours of work per week, and with reference to hours worked in all jobs of employed persons and in all types of working time arrangements (e.g. full-time and part-time). Hours actually worked include (a) direct hours or the time spent carrying out the tasks and duties of a job, (b) related hours, or the time spent maintaining, facilitating or enhancing productive activities (c) down time, or time when a person in a job cannot work due to machinery or process breakdown, accident, lack of supplies or power or Internet access and (d) resting time, or time spent in short periods of rest, relief or refreshment, including tea, coffee or prayer breaks, generally practised by custom or contract according to established norms and/or national circumstances. Hours actually worked excludes time not worked during activities such as: (a) Annual leave, public holidays, sick leave, parental leave or maternity/paternity leave, other leave for personal or family reasons or civic duty, (b) Commuting time between work and home when no productive activity for the job is performed; for paid employment, even when paid by the employer; (c) Time spent in certain educational activities; for paid employment, even when authorized, paid or provided by the employer; (d) Longer breaks distinguished from short resting time when no productive activity is performed (such as meal breaks or natural repose during long trips); for paid employment, even when paid by the employer.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO). Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the labour force estimates and projections methodological paper. 
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO). Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. Concepts Classifications Data are collected by the OECD using the methodologies established by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP) (www.fao.org/fishery/cwp/search/en). This inter-agency body, created in 1960 to develop common procedures and standards for the collation of fisheries statistics, provides technical advice on fishery statistical matters. Its handbook of Fishery Statistical Standards comprises definitions of the various concepts used in fishery statistics, with the exception of Government Financial Transfers which is unique to the OECD. All other statistics are based on the CWP definitions. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionally collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 25 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio expresses the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total working age population.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio expresses the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total working age population. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio is the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total of working age population.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio is the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total of working age populion. Data by level of education are provided on the highest level of education completed.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio is the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total of working age population.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio expresses the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total working age population. Data provided only refers to males.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio expresses the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total working age population. Data provided only refers to females.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Revisions in these statisticsDescription Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Revisions in these statisticsDescription kuvaus Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Revisions in these statisticsDescription kuvaus Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Knoema
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2012
      المصدر: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 كانون الأول, 2013
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Source: Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas. Note: Annual changes and shares of total are calculated using million tonnes per annum figures.
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by age and sex.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset presents the number of students enrolled in different education programmes by field and sex.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by type of institution and sex.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset presents the number of students enrolled in different education programmes by country of origin and sex.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Enrolment rate per age is the percentage of students enrolled in each type of institution over the total of students
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      1: Most surveys were administered using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology as outlined in the Methodology page, while some others did not strictly adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For example, for surveys which do not follow the Global Methodology, the Universe under consideration may have consisted of only manufacturing firms or the questionnaire used may have been different from the standard global questionnaire. Data users should exercise caution when comparing raw data and point estimates between surveys that did and did not adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For surveys which did not adhere to the Global Methodology plus Afghanistan 2008, any inference from one of these surveys is representative only for the data sample itself. 2: Regional and "all countries" averages of indicators are computed by taking a simple average of country-level point estimates. For each economy, only the latest available year of survey data is used in this computation. Only surveys, posted during the years 2009-2017, and adhering to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology are used to compute these regional and "all countries" averages. 3: Descriptions of firm subgroup levels, e.g. how the ex post groupings are constructed, are provided in the Indicator Descriptions (PDF, 710KB) document. 4: Statistics derived from less than or equal to five firms are displayed with an "n.a." to maintain confidentiality and should be distinguished from ".." which indicates missing values. Also note for three growth-related indicators under the "Performance" topic, these indicators are not computed when they are derived from less than 30 firms. 5: Standard errors are labeled "n.c.", meaning not computed, for the following:    1) indicators for all surveys that were not conducted using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology and    2) for indicator breakdowns by ex post groupings: exporter or ownership type, and gender of the top manager.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Environmental Performance Index
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Environmental Policy Stringency Index (EPS) is a country-specific and internationally-comparable measure of the stringency of environmental policy. Stringency is defined as the degree to which environmental policies put an explicit or implicit price on polluting or environmentally harmful behaviour. The index ranges from 0 (not stringent) to 6 (highest degree of stringency). The index covers 28 OECD and 6 BRIICS countries for the period 1990-2012. The index is based on the degree of stringency of 14 environmental policy instruments, primarily related to climate and air pollution.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 آب, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      EAMFP growth measures the residual growth in the joint production of both the desirable and the undesirable outputs that cannot be explained by changes in the consumption of factor inputs (including labour, produced capital and natural capital). Therefore, for a given growth of input use, EAMFP increases when GDP increases or when pollution decreases. As part of the growth accounting framework underlying the EAMFP indicator, the growth contribution of natural capital and growth adjustment for pollution abatement indicators are derived: Growth contribution of natural capital - measures to what extent a country's growth in output is attributable to natural resource use; Growth adjustment for pollution abatement - measures to what extent a country's GDP growth should be corrected for pollution abatement efforts - adding what has been undervalued due to resources being diverted to pollution abatement, or deducing the ‘excess' growth which is generated at the expense of environmental quality.
    • آب 2011
      المصدر: Multiple Sources
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A compilation of monthly closing stock indices for major stock exchanges across the World. This dataset is updated on a monthly basis.
    • أيلول 2015
      المصدر: Multiple Sources
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 أيلول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 آب, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2015
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تشرين الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Recent exchange rate movements have been unusually large, triggering a debate regarding their likely effects on trade. Historical experience in advanced and emerging market and developing economies suggests that exchange rate movements typically have sizable effects on export and import volumes. A 10 percent real effective depreciation in an economy’s currency is associated with a rise in real net exports of, on average, 1.5 percent of GDP, with substantial cross-country variation around this average. Although these effects fully materialize over a number of years, much of the adjustment occurs in the first year. The boost to exports associated with currency depreciation is found to be largest in countries with initial economic slack and with domestic financial systems that are operating normally. Some evidence suggests that the rise of global value chains has weakened the relationship between exchange rates and trade in intermediate products used as inputs into other economies’ exports. However, the bulk of global trade still consists of conventional trade, and there is little evidence of a general trend toward disconnect between exchange rates and total exports and imports.
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: InterNations
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      In 2018, Expat Insider, one of the world’s largest and most comprehensive surveys on life abroad, achieved a major milestone for its fifth anniversary: the number of respondents reached a new record high. In total, 18,135 expats from across the globe took part in the survey. They represent 178 nationalities and are living in 187 countries or territories, from over 1,600 participants in Germany to one each in Greenland and Equatorial Guinea, providing a unique insight into life abroad in 2018.
    • أيلول 2014
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 04 تشرين الأول, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Countries report expenditures by sources of funds: Governement (central, regional, local); International agencies and other foreign sources; Households and Other private entities (including firms and religious institutions and other non-profit organisations). Three types of financial transactions can be distinguished: -direct expenditure/payments on educational institutions -Intergovernmental transfers for education -Transfers to students or households and to other private entities.
    • تموز 2012
      المصدر: Knoema
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Source : United States Department of Agriculture; International Monetary Fund; UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs; Food and Agriculture Organization, The World Bank
    • تشرين الأول 2017
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Percent of household final consumption expenditures spent on food, alcoholic beverages, and tobacco that were consumed at home, 2009-2016. The data are computed by Birgit Meade (202-694-5159), ERS/USDA, EUROMONITOR data, June 2015.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table presents annual statistics on international trade in services of individual economies by trading partner and by 78 selected service categories. In addition, the table contains data for services trade of various groups of economies with "world" and for selected principal service categories. The data presented are the result of the common work of UNCTAD, World Trade Organization (WTO) and International Trade Center (ITC)
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Air pollution is considered one of the most pressing environmental and health issues across OECD countries and beyond. According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5) has potentially the most significant adverse effects on health compared to other pollutants. PM2.5 can be inhaled and cause serious health problems including both respiratory and cardiovascular disease, having its most severe effects on children and elderly people. Exposure to PM2.5 has been shown to considerably increase the risk of heart disease and stroke in particular. For these reasons, population exposure to (outdoor or ambient) PM2.5 has been identified as an OECD Green Growth headline indicator. The underlying PM2.5 concentrations estimates are taken from van Donkelaar et al. (2016). They have been derived using satellite observations and a chemical transport model, calibrated to global ground-based measurements using Geographically Weighted Regression at 0.01° resolution. The underlying population data, Gridded Population of the World, version 4 (GPWv4) are taken from the Socioeconomic Data and Applications Center (SEDAC) at the NASA. The underlying boundary geometries are taken from the Global Administrative Unit Layers (GAUL) developed by the FAO, and the OECD Territorial Classification, when available. The current version of the database presents much more variation with respect to the previous one. The reason is that the underlying concentration estimates previously included smoothed multi-year averages and interpolations; while in the current version annual concentration estimates are used. Establishing trends of pollution exposure should be done with care, especially at smaller output areas, as their inputs (e.g. underlying data and models) can change from year to year. We recommend using a 3-year moving average for visualisation.
    • أيلول 2013
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تشرين الأول, 2013
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table presents information on the external long-term indebtedness of developing economies (as debtors), expressed in millions of dollars, expressed as percentage of total long-term debt, as percentage of debt source and as percentage of region. The table also provides breakdown of public and publicly guaranteed debt by source of lending (as creditors).
    • أيار 2017
      المصدر: Islamic Development Bank (IDB)
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 حزيران, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: Pakistan Bureau of Statistics
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Ministry of Finance, R.O.C. (Taiwan)
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
  • F
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      OECD Factbook provides a global overview of today's major economic, social and environmental indicators which cover a wide range of areas: agriculture, economic production, education, energy, environment, foreign aid, health, industry, information and communications, international trade, labor force, population, taxation, public expenditure and R&D. More countries than ever are covered in greater detail, enabling direct comparisons for many indicators between OECD Members and Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation and South Africa.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      In view of the strong demand for cross-national indicators on the situation of families and children, the OECD Family Database was developed to provide cross-national indicators on family outcomes and family policies across the OECD countries, its enhanced engagement partners and EU member states. The database brings together information from various national and international databases, both from within the OECD and from external organisations. The database classifies indicators into four main dimensions: (i) structure of families, (ii) labour market position of families, (iii) public policies for families and children and (iv) child outcomes. Detailed information on the definitions, sources and methods used in the construction of the database can be found on the OECD Family Database webpage.
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The dataset includes data on gross and net production indices for various food and agriculture aggregates expressed in both totals and per capita.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The FAOSTAT monthly CPI & Food CPI database was based on the ILO CPI data until December 2014. In 2014, IMF-ILO-FAO agreed to transfer global CPI data compilation from ILO to IMF. Upon agreement, CPIs for all items and its sub components originates from the International Monetary Fund (IMF), and the UN Statistics Division(UNSD) for countries not covered by the IMF. However, due to a limited time coverage from IMF and UNSD for a number of countries, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the Latin America and the Caribbean statistics (CEPALSTAT), Central Bank of Western African States (BCEAO), Eastern Caribbean Central Bank (ECCB) and national statistical office website data are used for missing historical data from IMF and UNSD food CPI.  The FAO CPI dataset for all items(or general CPI) and the Food CPI, consists of a complete and consistent set of time series from January 2000 onwards. These indices measure the price change between the current and reference periods of the average basket of goods and services purchased by households. The CPI,all items is typically used to measure and monitor inflation, set monetary policy targets, index social benefits such as pensions and unemployment benefits, and to escalate thresholds and credits in the income tax systems and wages in public and private wage contracts.   Note: For some countries quarterly data is mentioned as monthly data because of quarter (Time period of quarter) differs across countries. Please go to the link: "http://fenixservices.fao.org/faostat/static/documents/CP/CPI_e.pdf" for detail about countries' National index reference period, definition, data details.    
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      1.Following the recommendation of experts gathered in the Committee on World Food Security (CFS) Round Table on hunger measurement, hosted at FAO headquarters in September 2011, an initial set of indicators aiming to capture various aspects of food insecurity is presented here. 2.The choice of the indicators has been informed by expert judgment and the availability of data with sufficient coverage to enable comparisons across regions and over time. Many of these indicators are produced and published elsewhere by FAO and other international organizations. They are reported here in a single database with the aim of building a wide food security information system. More indicators will be added to this set as more data will become available. Note: Data represent values for time periods (1999-2001,2000-02,2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period 2001, 2002,2007
    • حزيران 2012
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset represents Food Consumption, Food Production and Trade by various Food items. Note: data represent values for time periods (1990-1992, 1995-97, 2000-02, 2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period (1992, 1997, 2002, 2007).
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Price domain of FAOSTAT contains data on prices received by farmers (called Producer prices) for primary crops, live animals, livestock primary products as collected at the point of initial sale (prices paid at the farm-gate). Data are provided for over 160 countries and for some 200 commodities. The Price domain provides price data in three units: i) Local Currency Units (LCU) ii) Standard Local Currency (SLC) iii) US Dollars.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Value of gross production has been compiled by multiplying gross production in physical terms by output prices at farm gate. Thus, value of production measures production in monetary terms at the farm gate level. Since intermediate uses within the agricultural sector (seed and feed) have not been subtracted from production data, this value of production aggregate refers to the notion of "gross production". Value of gross production is provided in both current and constant terms and is expressed in US dollars and Standard Local Currency (SLC). The current value of production measures value in the prices relating to the period being measured. Thus, it represents the market value of food and agricultural products at the time they were produced. Knowing this figure is helpful in understanding exactly what was happening within a given economy at that point in time. Often, this information can help explain economic trends that emerged in later periods and why they took place. Value of production in constant terms is derived using the average prices of a selected year or years, known as the base period. Constant price series can be used to show how the quantity or volume of products has changed, and are often referred to as volume measures. The ratio of the current and constant price series gives a measure of price movements. US dollar figures for value of gross production are converted from local currencies using official exchange rates as prevailing in the respective years. The SLC of a country is the local currency prevailing in the latest year. Expressing data series in one uniform currency is useful because it avoids the influence of revaluation in local currency, if any, on value of production
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Producer Price Indices - AnnualIndices of agricultural producer prices measure the average annual change over time in the selling prices received by farmers (prices at the farm-gate or at the first point of sale). Annual data are provided for over 80 countries. The three categories of producer price indices available in FAOSTAT comprise: Single-item price indices, Commodity group indices and the Agriculture producer price index.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Fertilizers by Product dataset contains information on product amounts for the Production, Trade, Agriculture Use and Other Uses of chemical and mineral fertilizers products, over the time series 2002-present. The fertilizer statistics data are validated separately for a set of over thirty individual products. Both straight and compound fertilizers are included.
    • تشرين الأول 2011
      المصدر: Food and Agricultural Policy Research Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 كانون الأول, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      FAPRI U.S. and World Outlook presents multi-year projections for the United States and world agricultural sectors. These projections serve as a baseline for evaluating and comparing alternative macroeconomic, policy, weather, and technological scenarios. These reports have been produced annually and used by congressional and agricultural leaders since 1985.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      An occupational injury is defined as any personal injury, disease or death resulting from an occupational accident; The case is fatal where death occurred within one year of the day of the accident. Data provided refers to new fatal occupational injuries per 100'000 in reference group coverage.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The incidence rate is the average number of new cases of fatal occupational injury during the calendar year per 100,000 workers in the reference group. Data are presented disaggregated by sex and economic activity, according to the latest version available of the International Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (ISIC).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The incidence rate is the average number of new cases of fatal occupational injury during the calendar year per 100,000 workers in the reference group.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      FDI statistics cover all entities in an FDI relationship. An FDI relationship is established when an investor in one country acquires 10% or more of the voting power in a business enterprise in another country. The investor is also called a direct investor or a parent and the business enterprise is called a direct investment enterprise or an affiliate. The 10 percent criteria is used to establish that the direct investor has a significant degree of influence over the operations of the direct investment enterprise. The FDI population includes affiliates that are directly and indirectly owned by the parent. In direct ownership, the parent owns the 10% or more voting power itself. In indirect ownership, the parent controls an affiliate that in turn owns 10 percent or more of the voting power in another enterprise. The FDI population also includes enterprises that are not in a direct investment relationship themselves but have a direct investor in common. Called fellow enterprises, they are included because, even though there is no direct investment relationship between the two, any transactions between them likely resulted from the influence that their common direct investor has on both of their operations.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      FDI data are based on statistics provided by 35 OECD member countries and by Lithuania. BMD4: OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment - 4th Edition
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Source: OECD International direct investment database, IMF Reference:Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 3rd edition   Foreign direct investment reflects the objective of obtaining a lasting interest by a resident entity in one economy (‘‘direct investor'') in anentity resident in an economy other than that of the investor (‘‘direct investment enterprise''). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. Direct investment involves both the initial transaction between the two entities and all subsequent capital transactions between them and among affiliated enterprises, both incorporated and unincorporated.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The labour force comprises all persons of working age who furnish the supply of labour for the production of goods and services during a specified time-reference period. It refers to the sum of all persons of working age who are employed and those who are unemployed. The working-age population is commonly defined as persons aged 15 years and older, but this varies from country to country. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1990-2015 are estimates while 2016-2030 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of July 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data refers to the number of women employed in the agricultural sector as a percent of total employment in agriculture
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data refers to the number of women employed in the industry sector as a percent of total employment in industry.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The female share of employment in managerial positions conveys the number of women in management as a percentage of employment in management. Employment in management is defined based on the International Standard Classification of Occupations. Two different measures are presented: one referring to total management (category 1 of ISCO-08 or ISCO-88), and another one referring to senior and middle management only, thus excluding junior management (category 1 in both ISCO-08 and ISCO-88 minus category 14 in ISCO-08 and minus category 13 in ISCO-88). This indicator is calculated based on data on employment by sex and occupation. For further information, see the SDG Indicators Metadata Repository or ILOSTAT’s indicator description.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data provided refers to the number of women employed in the services sector as a percent of total employment in services.
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: International Fertilizer Industry Association
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Assessment of Fertilizer Use by Crop at the Global Level 2015. Fully understanding the contribution of the different crop types to fertilizer use at national, regional and global levels is a prerequisite to the development of sound fertilizer demand forecasts. IFA gathers information on fertilizer use by crop in the main fertilizer-consuming countries. IFA’s country estimates currently cover 28 countries (considering the European Union (EU-28) as a single country). These countries account together for 94% of world fertilizer consumption.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The dataset contains data on Import and Export Value (expressed in 1000 USD) for a selected list of fertilizers, from 1961 on wards. Country and country aggregate data are available. The fertilizers covered are: Nitrogenous fertilizers; Phosphate fertilizers; Potash fertilizers; Fertilizers Manufactured, nes; Fertilizers, Organic; Natural Phosphates; Natural Potassic Salts; Natural Sodium Nitrate.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Federation of Association Football
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Monthly updates of FIFA World Football Men's Ranking 
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      It presents the final consumption expenditure of households broken down by the COICOP (Classification of Individual Consumption According to Purpose) classification and by durability.  It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Chapter B includes indicators that are either policy levers or antecedents to policy, or sometimes both. For example, expenditure per student is a key policy measure that most directly affects the individual learner, as it acts as a constraint on the learning environment in schools and learning conditions in the classroom.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator is a proxy for the quality of health care. It represents the percentage of the population without access to health care due to financial resource deficit. The threshold for having sufficient financial resources is US$239 per person per year. A higher figure indicates worse levels of coverage. To estimate the quality of health care, this indicator uses as a proxy the relative difference between per capita health expenditure in a given country and its median value in countries with a low level of vulnerability.To establish whether a country is spending 'enough' or has 'enough' key health workers, it is necessary first to define what constitutes 'enough', i.e. set a threshold against which a country's performance can be compared. Opinions differ on what constitutes 'enough' in these contexts, not least because it is likely to be a moving target, influenced by prevailing health issues, demography etc. The ILO's approach for measuring financial deficit is to: (i) calculate the median expenditure on health (excluding OOP) in low-vulnerability countries, then (ii) for each country, compare spending against this median. In 2014, the median in low-vulnerability countries was US$239. For example, a country spending 50% less than the median in low-vulnerability countries has a financial deficit of 50%. This is one of five indicators measuring key dimensions of deficits in health care access and coverage. For analytical purposes the full set of indicators should be considered together.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Financial Soundness Indicators (FSIs) were developed by the IMF, together with the international community, with aim of supporting analysis and assessing strengths and vulnerabilities of financial systems. The Statistics Department of the IMF, disseminates data and metadata on selected FSIs provided by participating countries. For a description of the various FSIs, as well as the consolidation basis, consolidation adjustments, and accounting rules followed, please refer to the concepts and definitions document in the document tab. Reporting countries compile FSI data using different methodologies, which may also vary for different points in time for the same country. Users are advised to consult the accompanying metadata to conduct more meaning cross-country comparisons or to assess the evolution of a given FSI for any of the countries.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Reporting entities dataset provides information on the structure, size, and coverage of the financial institutions that are used for compiling financial soundness indicators. It provides a better understanding of the structure of the reporting entities in terms of the type of institution, number of entities, size of assets, and type of control. Reporting entities are domestically incorporated entities but are divided into two: domestically controlled and foreign controlled. The concepts of residency criterion and control are determined based on FSI Guide methodology which is in line with international best practices such as Systems of National Accounts. Data on reporting entities cover the branches, subsidiaries and the value of asset for both domestically and foreign controlled entities resident in the reporting country together their resident and non-resident subsidiaries.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The statistics on international trade in goods and services cover international trade in balance of payments terms on the quarterly level. The statistics form a link for goods trade in customs and balance of payments terms, describe the breakdown of quarterly trade in services, and indicate the total exports of goods and services by area. . = Category not applicable. .. = Data not available or too uncertain for presentation, or subject to secrecy. Description of statistics Concepts and definitionsRegionRegion and statesYearYear.DataImportThe value of imports, 1 000 000 euros.ExportThe value of exports, 1 000 000 euros.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The figures in the tables are final.Description of statisticsConcepts and definitions Classifications.. = Data not available or too uncertain for presentation, or subject to secrecy.From 2005, the employment pension insurance includes those aged 18 to 68, while previously the obligation to take out pension insurance for employees already started from the age of 14. This is visible in the employment statistics from 2005 onwards as a fall in employment by young people and a rise in the number of students. Statistics cannot be compiled reliably on employment by under-age people on the basis of register data.Citizenships are specified in the table if the number of people in the citizenship group exceeds 99.© Tilastokeskus - Statistics Finland
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Concepts and definitionsDescription Quality descriptionThese statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series.Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service.Publications on Population structure in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish)NationalityIf a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Citizens of non-autonomous states are summed under the mother country.NationalityCzech RepublicCzech Republic + Former CzechoslovakiaSudanSudan + Former Sudan
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Concepts and definitionsDescription Quality description Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Second nationality If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. Second nationality Czech Republic Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The dataset Fisheries International collaboration in technology development (bilateral) provides the number of co-inventions (simple patent families) developed jointly by at least two inventors. This indicator is disaggregated by: Country - country of residence of the inventor(s), integral counted; in cases when inventors from more than two countries collaborate, this is translated into distinct bilateral relationships between country pairs. For example, if inventors from 3 countries collaborate (e.g. USA, DEU, JPN) then a unit count is assigned to 6 country pairs (USA-DEU, USA-JPN, DEU-JPN, DEU-USA, JPN-USA, JPN-DEU); in this case a country generally coordinate the project and the others are partners. Partner – country of residence of the inventor(s) who collaborate to the patent. Technology domain – the three main areas of innovation in fisheries and aquaculture, related to technology development. In detail: 1. Harvesting technology such as more effective ways to find or harvest fish and which are typically associated with improvements in catch per unit of effort (e.g. type/size of vessels and their methods of propulsion, search technologies, method of catching or harvesting fish and bringing them on board); 2.Aquaculture technology such as methods to more effectively grow fish in captivity (innovation in feeds, improving the health of aquaculture animals, etc.); 3. New products and markets such as the development of new fish products and markets (food technologies/processing such as the development of surimi as a crabmeat substitute) and the improvement of market access (secure or enlarge markets for fish products) that provides important incentives for green growth (e.g. eco-certification with fishers adopting by-catch saving technologies or modifying fishing practices and/or territorial user rights in fisheries).
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Fisheries R&D expenditures dataset contains the budgetary expenditures in research and development on total budgetary FSE. Three variables are presented in this dataset:  • R&D expenditures - they are budgetary expenditures that finance research and development activities related to fisheries, irrespective of the institution (private or public, ministry, university, research centre or fisher group) or where they take place, the nature of research (scientific, institutional, etc.), or its purpose. The focus is on research and development expenditures on applied research related to the fisheries sector. Social-sciences research related to fisheries is included. It is also included data dissemination when associated primarily with research and development (knowledge generation), e.g. reports from research and databases developed as an adjunct to research. •FISHERIES SUPPORT ESTIMATE - Budgetary - it is the annual monetary value of gross transfers from taxpayers to fishers arising from policy measures that support fisheries, regardless of their nature, objectives or impacts. Data on FSE are collected by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) on an annual basis from all its participating countries. Data are provided by Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. The original financial data is collected in national currency at current values; they are converted and published also in US dollars, for analytical purposes and to allow data comparisons. • Share of R&D expenditures on FSE - it is the share of budgetary research and development expenditures on total budgetary FSE. Please notice that total budgetary FSE is defined ‘net’, i.e. it is adjusted for costs incurred by fishers in order to receive the support. Whenever these costs are of significant amount, total budgetary FSE becomes remarkably low or negative. The corresponding share of research and development expenditures turns into a percentage exceptionally high or negative.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Fisheries Support Estimates (FSE) database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies.   These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual.   More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.   The FSE data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.   Data on landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 آذار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Fisheries fleet: The FAO has a two dimensional definition, of which the OECD only uses the concept of fishing vessel. Fishery Fleet: The term "fishery fleet" or "fishery vessels" refers to mobile floating objects of any kind and size, operating in freshwater, brackishwater and marine waters which are used for catching, harvesting, searching, transporting, landing, preserving and/or processing fish, shellfish and other aquatic organisms, residues and plants. Fishing vessel: The term "fishing vessel" is used instead when the vessel is engaged only in catching operations. Gross Register Tonnage: The Gross Register Tonnage represents the total measured cubic content of the permanently enclosed spaces of a vessel, with some allowances or deductions for exempt spaces such as living quarters (1 gross register ton = 100 cubic feet = 2.83 cubic metres).
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: United Nations World Food Programme
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      IRMA is computed on one representative ton of the food aid basket the user has selected. The "representativity" of the ton comes from the fact that the shares of the commodities are the same as those in the total selected food basket. Therefore it can be used for comparisons among food aid baskets of different size and in understanding how much of their difference in nutritional content is due to the absolute value in metric tons of the donations and how much is due to the nutritional qualities of food delivered.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: United Nations World Food Programme
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The energy intake of a human being is the only one among the nutrients that cannot in the short run be renounced without putting at immediate risk the possibility of survival itself. A lack of other nutrients increases susceptibility to infections and slows cognitive development and growth, contributing to poorer school performance and reduced work productivity. These effects are largely irreversible and long term, particularly when they occur at a young age. For these reasons, the IRMAs computation takes the content of Energy as a benchmark to compare with the other nutrients' content. For the calculation of IRMAs, we start with the IRMA values for each nutrient. IRMA of a nutrient counts the number of average individuals that could potentially be satisfied by the nutrient contained in a ton of food aid.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: United Nations World Food Programme
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      IRMAt (Individual Requirements Met on Average, Total) can be considered an alternative measure for food aid deliveries. By knowing how many tons of which commodity are contained in the food aid basket, it is easy to compute how many micrograms of nutrients there are in the overall basket. But, a measure like that would not be easy to interpret. Furthermore, each nutrient is measured in a different unit (for example, vitamin C is measured in micrograms and fat is measured in grams). IRMAt 'standardizes' the nutritional content of food aid by taking it as a percentage of human nutritional requirements. IRMAt of a nutrient is nothing but the number of individual requirements that could potentially be met on an annual basis by the total food aid deliveries selected. IRMAt values are descriptive of a food aid basket and are dependent on the absolute value in tonnage. They give information that reflects both nutritional content and the size of the food aid deliveries. From this point of view IRMAt can be considered a unit of measurement for food aid flows: it measures food aid basket by the number of average individuals that its nutritional content could potentially satisfy.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Food Balance Sheet presents a comprehensive picture of the pattern of a country's food supply during a specified reference period. The food balance sheet shows for each food item - i.e. each primary commodity and a number of processed commodities potentially available for human consumption - the sources of supply and its utilization. The total quantity of foodstuffs produced in a country added to the total quantity imported and adjusted to any change in stocks that may have occurred since the beginning of the reference period gives the supply available during that period. On the utilization side a distinction is made between the quantities exported, fed to livestock, used for seed, put to manufacture for food use and non-food uses, losses during storage and transportation, and food supplies available for human consumption. The per caput supply of each such food item available for human consumption is then obtained by dividing the respective quantity by the related data on the population actually partaking of it. Data on per caput food supplies are expressed in terms of quantity and - by applying appropriate food composition factors for all primary and processed products - also in terms of caloric value and protein and fat content.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Commodity balances show balances of food and agricultural commodities in a standardized form. The scope of standardization is to present these data in a less detailed form for a selected number of commodities without causing any significant loss of the basic variables monitoring the agricultural sector. The selected commodities include the equivalents of their derived products falling in the same commodity group, but exclude the equivalents of by-products and derived commodities, which through processing, change their nature and become part of different commodity groups. A number of commodity/item aggregates have been included to offer synthetic information. Some of these are included with the aim of simplifying the extraction of all component commodities. Data shown in the item aggregates represent the sum of the component commodities as presented in this domain (standardized form). Commodity coverage: The commodity list in this domain has been generally confined to primary commodities - except for sugar, oils and fats and beverages. Whenever possible trade in processed commodities is expressed in the originating primary commodity equivalent. Rice is expressed in milled equivalent.
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: Knoema
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 أيلول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Collect food prices data in your country and earn up to $120 every month.We are looking for data collectors who will go to the specific markets weekly, collect data on food prices for about 25 items and submit them into our system.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Forbes
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Most innovation rankings are popularity contests based on past performance or editorial whims. We set out to create something very different with the World’s Most Innovative Companies list, using the wisdom of the crowd. Our method relies on investors’ ability to identify firms they expect to be innovative now and in the future.
    • أيلول 2014
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 04 تشرين الأول, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The number of students enrolled refers to the count of students studying in the reference period. Each student enrolled in the education programmes covered by the corresponding category is counted once and only once. National data collection systems permitting, the statistics reflect the number of students enrolled at the beginning of the school / academic year. Preferably, the end (or near-end) of the first month of the school / academic year is chosen (special arrangements are made for part-year students who may not start studies at the beginning of the school year). Students are classified as foreign students (non-citizens) if they are not citizens of the country in which the data are collected. While pragmatic and operational, this classification is inappropriate for capturing student mobility because of differing national policies regarding the naturalisation of immigrants. Countries that have lower propensity to grant permanent residence to its immigrant populations are likely to report second generation immigrants as foreign students. Therefore, for student mobility and bilateral comparisons, interpretations of data based on the concept of foreign students should be made with caution. Students are classified as international students if they left their country of origin and moved to another country for the purpose of study. Depending on country-specific immigration legislation, mobility arrangements, and data availability, international students may be defined as students who are not permanent or usual residents of their country of study or alternatively as students who obtained their prior education in a different country, including another EU country.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      FDI statistics cover all entities in an FDI relationship. An FDI relationship is established when an investor in one country acquires 10% or more of the voting power in a business enterprise in another country. The investor is also called a direct investor or a parent and the business enterprise is called a direct investment enterprise or an affiliate. The 10 percent criteria is used to establish that the direct investor has a significant degree of influence over the operations of the direct investment enterprise.   The FDI population includes affiliates that are directly and indirectly owned by the parent. In direct ownership, the parent owns the 10% or more voting power itself. In indirect ownership, the parent controls an affiliate that in turn owns 10 percent or more of the voting power in another enterprise.   The FDI population also includes enterprises that are not in a direct investment relationship themselves but have a direct investor in common. Called fellow enterprises, they are included because, even though there is no direct investment relationship between the two, any transactions between them likely resulted from the influence that their common direct investor has on both of their operations.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset contains information on foreign direct investment (FDI) inward and outward flows and stock, expressed in millions of dollars. These figures correspond to the Statistical Annexes of the UNCTAD World Investment Report. The World Investment Report, which is released in June each year (t), contains annual data up to the year before (t-1). However, at the time of publication, the data for the most recent year are still preliminary and are subject to revision by the national authorities. When they revise data, UNCTAD updates its database accordingly. The dataset also presents the following indicators: the percentage share of each economy/group in the world, and percentage ratios of FDI to GDP. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is an investment made by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor or parent enterprise) with the objective of establishing a lasting interest in an enterprise that is resident in an another economy (direct investment enterprise or foreign affiliate). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. The ownership of 10% or more of the voting power of a direct investment enterprise by a direct investor is evidence of such a relationship. FDI flows comprise mainly three components:acquisition or disposal of equity capital. FDI includes the initial equity transaction that meets the 10% threshold and all subsequent financial transactions and positions between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise;reinvestment of earnings which are not distributed as dividends;inter-company debt. FDI flows are transactions recorded during the reference period (typically year or quarter). FDI stocks are the accumulated value held at the end of the reference period (typically year or quarter). In 2014, many countries implemented the new guidelines for the compilation of FDI data based on the Sixth edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6) and the Fourth edition of OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment (BD4). One of the major changes introduced in BPM6 and BD4 is the presentation of FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis instead of the directional principle (as recommended by the previous editions of these guidelines). On an asset/liability basis, direct investment statistics are organized according to whether the investment relates to an asset or a liability for the reporting country. Under the directional principle, the direct investment statistics are organized according to the direction of the investment for the reporting country - either inward or outward. The two presentations differ in their treatment of reverse investment (reverse investment is when an affiliate provides loans to its parent). Under the directional presentation, reverse investment is subtracted to derive the total outward or inward investment of the reporting economy. Therefore, FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis tends to be higher than those under the directional principle, but such is not always the case. While the presentation on an asset/liability basis is appropriate for macroeconomic analysis (i.e. the impact on the balance of payments), the presentation on directional principle is more appropriate to assist policymakers and government officials to formulate investment policies. This is because the presentation of the FDI data on directional basis reflects the direction of influence by the foreign direct investor underlying the direct investment: inward or outward direct investment. FDI data in this table are on directional principle, unless otherwise indicated
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      ..=Information is confidential .=Information is missing Description of statistics Concepts and definitions
    • حزيران 2014
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_enrl8 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Census Bureau
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The database contains data on the production and trade in roundwood and primary wood and paper products for all countries and territories in the world. The main types of primary forest products included in are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. These products are detailed further. The definitions are available. The database contains details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals (production) by type of wood and assortment - Production and trade in roundwood, woodfuel and other basic products - Industrial roundwood by assortment and species - Sawnwood, panels and other primary products - Pulp and paper & paperboard. More detailed information on wood products, including definitions, can be found at http://www.fao.org/forestry/statistics/80572/en/
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2016
      المصدر: Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 أيار, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      World and National CO2 Emissions from Fossil-Fuel Burning, Cement Manufacture, and Gas Flaring. Source: Tom Boden, Gregg Marland and Bob Andres (Oak Ridge National Laboratory)
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: Fund for Peace
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The FSI focuses on the indicators of risk and is based on thousands of articles and reports that are processed by our CAST Software from electronically available sources. Measures of fragility, like Demographic Pressures,Refugees and IDPs and etc., have been scaled on 0 to 10 where 10 is highest fragility and 0 no fragility.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Freedom House
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Freedom in the World is Freedom House’s flagship annual report, assessing the condition of political rights and civil liberties around the world. It is composed of numerical ratings and supporting descriptive texts for many countries. Freedom in the World has been published since 1973, allowing Freedom House to track global trends in freedom over more than 40 years. It has become the most widely read and cited report of its kind, used on a regular basis by policymakers, journalists, academics, activists, and many others.
    • نيسان 2012
      المصدر: Agi Data
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Experts commonly support the notion that access to information is integral to the promotion of participation, transparency and accountability in any given society. A freedom of information framework aims at improving the efficiency of the government and increasing the transparency of its functioning by: 1. Regularly and reliably providing government documents to the public; 2. Educating the public on the significance of transparent government;3. Facilitating appropriate and relevant use of information in the lives of individuals
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Freedom House
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Variables converted from character to numeric as follow:Variables under consideration are top 3 vars i.e. Status, print and Broadcast 1 = Free (F) 2 = Partly Free (PF) 3 = Not Free (NF) Under source it values are present like: "F" , "PF" and "NF"  Note:- Date range has been considered as follow: Jan.1981-Aug.1982 is considered as 1982 Aug.1982-Nov.1983 is considered as 1983 Nov.1983-Nov.1984 is considered as 1984 Nov.1984-Nov.1985 is considered as 1985 Nov.1985-Nov.1986 is considered as 1986 Nov.1986-Nov.1987 is considered as 1987   About Freedom of the press: Freedom of the Press, an annual report on media independence around the world which assesses the degree of print, broadcast, and digital media freedom in 199 countries and territories. Published since 1980, it provides numerical scores and country narratives evaluating the legal environment for the media, political pressures that influence reporting, and economic factors that affect access to news and information. Freedom of the Press is the most comprehensive data set available on global media freedom and serves as a key resource for policymakers, international institutions, journalists, activists, and scholars worldwide.
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Freedom House
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Freedom on the Net measures the subtle and not-so-subtle ways that governments and non-state actors around the world restrict our intrinsic rights online. Freedom on the Net scores are based on a scale of 0 to 100 with 0 representing the best level of freedom on the net progress and 100 the worst. Note: 1)The 2017 ratings reflect the period of June 1, 2016 through May 31, 2017 2)The 2016 ratings reflect the period of June 1, 2015 through May 31, 2016. 3)The 2015 ratings reflect the period January 1 through December 31, 2014.
    • تشرين الأول 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at:http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf. Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at: http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf.  Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
  • G
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Consumer price indices (CPIs) measure inflation as price changes of a representative basket of goods and services typically purchased by households. The G20 CPI aggregate reflects national CPIs for all G20 countries that are not part of the European Union (EU) while it reflects the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) for the EU, its Member States and for Turkey.   The G20 CPI has been calculated for the headline indicators only (CPI All items / HICP Total). It is an annual chain-linked Laspeyres-type index. The weights for each country in each link are based on the previous year's relative share of individual final consumption expenditure of households and non-profit institutions serving households expressed in Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Consumer price indices (CPIs) measure inflation as price changes of a representative basket of goods and services typically purchased by households. The G20 CPI aggregate reflects national CPIs for all G20 countries (with the exception of Turkey) that are not part of the European Union (EU) while it reflects the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) for the EU, its Member States and for Turkey. It is an annual chain-linked Laspeyres-type index. The weights for each country in each link are based on the previous year’s relative share of individual final consumption expenditure of households and non-profit institutions serving households expressed in Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs). The table presents the data for all non-EU countries. The HICP tables for France, Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom, and the euro area and European Union can be found under the HICP tables.
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 تشرين الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015) estimates were used in an analysis of national levels of personal healthcare access and quality based on 32 causes of disease and injury considered amenable to healthcare over time. This dataset includes the following global, regional, and national or territory-level estimates for 1990-2015: age-standardized risk-standardized death rates for 32 causes considered amenable to healthcare; the Healthcare Quality and Access (HAQ) Index and individual indices for each of the 32 causes on a scale of 0 to 100; and a frontier based on the relationship between the HAQ Index and the Socio-demographic Index (SDI). Results were published in The Lancet in May 2017 in "Healthcare Access and Quality Index based on mortality from causes amenable to personal healthcare in 195 countries and territories, 1990–2015: a novel analysis from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015."
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. As part of this study, estimates for obesity and overweight prevalence and the disease burden attributable to high body mass index (BMI) were produced by sex, age group, and year for 195 countries and territories. Estimates for high BMI-attributable deaths, DALYs, and other measures (1990-2015) are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record include obesity and overweight prevalence estimates for 1980-2015. Study results were published in The New England Journal of Medicine in June 2017 in "Health Effects of Overweight and Obesity in 195 Countries over 25 Years."
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تشرين الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. As part of this study, estimates for daily smoking prevalence and smoking-attributable mortality and disease burden, as measured by disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), were produced by sex, age group, and year for 195 countries and territories. Estimates for deaths and DALYs (1990-2015) are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record include daily smoking prevalence (1980-2015) and annualized rate of change estimates. Study results were published in The Lancet in April 2017 in "Smoking prevalence and attributable disease burden in 195 countries and territories, 1990–2015: a systematic analysis from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015." Date ranges have been considered as follows: 1990-2015 as 1990 1990-2005 as 2005 2005-2015 as 2015
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 تشرين الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. Estimates for deaths, disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), years lived with disability, years of life lost (YLLs), prevalence, and incidence for 32 cancer groups by age and sex for 21 regions, 195 countries and territories, and select subnational units for 1990-2015 (quinquennial) are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record are the web tables published in JAMA Oncology in December 2016 in "Global, Regional, and National Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived with Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life Years for 32 Cancer Groups, 1990-2015: A Systematic Analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study."
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. This dataset measures progress towards the Millennium Development Goal 5 (MDG 5) target of a 75% reduction in the maternal mortality ratio between 1990 and 2015. Maternal mortality ratio estimates for 21 regions, 195 countries and territories and 4 United Kingdom subnational units for 1990-2015 (quinquennial) are available by age and cause from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record include tables published in The Lancet in October 2016 in "Global, regional, and national levels of maternal mortality, 1990–2015: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Developed by GBD researchers and used to help produce these estimates, the Socio-demographic Index (SDI) is a composite indicator of development status strongly correlated with health outcomes. It is the geometric mean of 0 to 1 indices of total fertility rate under the age of 25 (TFU25), mean education for those ages 15 and older (EDU15+), and lag distributed income (LDI) per capita. As a composite, a location with an SDI of 0 would have a theoretical minimum level of development relevant to health, while a location with an SDI of 1 would have a theoretical maximum level. This dataset provides tables with SDI values for all estimated GBD 2017 locations for 1950–2017 and groupings by location based on their 2017 values.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Global Database of Events, Language, and Tone
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The GDELT Event Database records over 300 categories of physical activities around the world, from riots and protests to peace appeals and diplomatic exchanges, georeferenced to the city or mountain top, across the entire planet dating back to January 1, 1979 and updated every 15 minutes. Essentially it takes a sentence like "The United States criticized Russia yesterday for deploying its troops in Crimea, in which a recent clash with its soldiers left 10 civilians injured" and transforms this blurb of unstructured text into three structured database entries, recording US CRITICIZES RUSSIA, RUSSIA TROOP-DEPLOY UKRAINE (CRIMEA), and RUSSIA MATERIAL-CONFLICT CIVILIANS (CRIMEA). Nearly 60 attributes are captured for each event, including the approximate location of the action and those involved. This translates the textual descriptions of world events captured in the news media into codified entries in a grand "global spreadsheet."
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 شباط, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset includes gender inequality and development indices.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • شباط 2015
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 شباط, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The GID-DB is a database providing researchers and policymakers with key data on gender-based discrimination in social institutions. This data helps analyse women’s economic empowerment and understand gender gaps in other key areas of development. Covering 160 countries, the GID-DB contains comprehensive information on legal, cultural and traditional practices that discriminate against women and girls.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      It provides a faithful image, to the greatest extent possible, of the aggregates and balances of the general government sector in the SNA 1993 conceptual framework. In addition, it brings to light two relevant aggregates that do not belong to this conceptual frame work: the Total Revenue and the Total Expenditure of the general government sector. Unit of measure used - National currency; current prices. Expressed in millions.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This part contains general information on number of insurance companies and employees within the sector.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table provides information on the main relevant indicators. The data have mainly been supplied by the World Bank, and cover, where available: -Current Gross National Income (GNI) in US $ millions; -GNI per capita (US $); -Population; -Energy use as kilogram of oil per capita; -Average Life Expectancy of Adults; and -Adult Literacy Rate as a percentage of the country population. Data for Sudan include South Sudan, with the exception of total population, which is reported separately.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Bilateral ODA commitments by purpose. Data cover the years 2005 to 2009. Amounts are expressed in USD million. The sectoral distribution of bilateral ODA commitments refers to the economic sector of destination (i.e. the specific area of the recipient's economic or social structure whose development is, or is intended to be fostered by the aid), rather than to the type of goods or services provided. These are aggregates of individual projects notified under the Creditor Reporting System, supplemented by reporting on the sectoral distribution of technical co-operation, and on actual disbursements of food and emergency aid.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: German Chemicals Industry Association
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Facts and figures for chemistry (2017), Foreign Trade
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: German Chemicals Industry Association
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Chemistry facts and figures 2017: Investments
    • تشرين الأول 2017
      المصدر: Emission Database for Global Atmospheric Research
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      citation:  Janssens-Maenhout, G., Crippa, M., Guizzardi, D., Muntean, M., Schaaf, E., Olivier, J.G.J., Peters, J.A.H.W., Schure, K.M., Fossil CO2 and GHG emissions of all world countries, EUR 28766 EN,Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2017, ISBN 978-92-79-73207-2, doi:10.2760/709792, JRC107877.    Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2). Emissions are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics. Source: European Commission, Joint Research Centre (JRC)/PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Knight Frank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Note: Countries are ranked according to 12-month price growth.The Knight Frank Global House Price Index established in 2006 allows investors and developers to monitor and compare the performance of mainstream residential markets across the world. The index is compiled on a quarterly basis using official government statistics or central bank data where available. The index’s overall performance is weighted by GDP and the latest quarter’s data is provisional pending the release of all the countries’ results.  Data for Australia, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, India, Israel, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Malaysia, Morocco, New Zealand, Peru, Poland, Romania is to Q4 2017; data for Bulgaria, Croatia, Hungary, Luxembourg and Slovenia is to Q3 2017.  Important Notice: This report is published for general information only and not to be relied upon in any way. Although high standards have been used in the preparation of the information, analysis, views and projections presented in this report, no responsibility or liability whatsoever can be accepted by Knight Frank LLP for any loss or damage resultant from any use of, reliance on or reference to the contents of this document. As a general report, this material does not necessarily represent the view of Knight Frank LLP in relation to particular properties or projects. Reproduction of this report in whole or in part is not allowed without prior written approval of Knight Frank LLP to the form and content within which it appears. Knight Frank LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England with registered number OC305934. Our registered office is 55 Baker Street, London, W1U 8AN, where you may look at a list of members’ names.
    • تشرين الأول 2015
      المصدر: HelpAge International
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The aim of the Index is both to capture the multidimensional nature of the quality of life and wellbeing of older people, and to provide a means by which to measure performance and promote improvements. We have chosen 13 different indicators for the four key domains of Income security, Health status, Capability, and Enabling environment. Domain 1: Income security The income security domain assesses people's access to a sufficient amount of income, and the capacity to use it independently, in order to meet basic needs in older age. Domain 2: Health status The three indicators used for the health domain provide information about physical and psychological wellbeing. Domain 3: Capability The employment and education indicators in this domain look at different aspects of the empowerment of older people. Domain 4: Enabling environment This domain uses data from Gallup World View to assess older people's perception of social connectedness, safety, civic freedom and access to public transport - issues older people have singled out as particularly important.
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 آذار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This database contains statistics on production volume and value by species, country or area, fishing area and culture environment
    • تموز 2011
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيلول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global Bilateral Migration Database: Global matrices of bilateral migrant stocks spanning the period 1960-2000, disaggregated by gender and based primarily on the foreign-born concept are presented. Over one thousand census and population register records are combined to construct decennial matrices corresponding to the last five completed census rounds. For the first time, a comprehensive picture of bilateral global migration over the last half of the twentieth century emerges. The data reveal that the global migrant stock increased from 92 to 165 million between 1960 and 2000. South-North migration is the fastest growing component of international migration in both absolute and relative terms. The United States remains the most important migrant destination in the world, home to one fifth of the world’s migrants and the top destination for migrants from no less than sixty sending countries. Migration to Western Europe remains largely from elsewhere in Europe. The oil-rich Persian Gulf countries emerge as important destinations for migrants from the Middle East, North Africa and South and South-East Asia. Finally, although the global migrant stock is still predominantly male, the proportion of women increased noticeably between 1960 and 2000.
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Contains the volume of fish catches landed by country or territory of capture, by species or a higher taxonomic level, by FAO major fishing areas, and year for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purpose
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تشرين الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This database contains statistics on the annual production of fishery commodities and imports and exports of fishery commodities by country and commodities in terms of volume and value from 1976.
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: DHL
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      DHL released the third edition of its Global Connectedness Index (GCI), a detailed analysis of the state of globalization around the world. The latest report, authored by internationally acclaimed globalization expert Professor Pankaj Ghemawat together with Steven A. Altman, shows that global connectedness, measured by cross-border flows of trade, capital, information and people, has recovered most of its losses incurred during the financial crisis. Especially the depth of international interactions – the proportion of interactions that cross national borders – gained momentum in 2013 after its recovery had stalled in the previous year. Nonetheless, trade depth, as a distinct dimension of globalization, continues to stagnate and the overall level of global connectedness remains quite limited, implying that there could be gains of trillions of US dollars if boosted in future years.
    • كانون الأول 2013
      المصدر: Transparency International
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 شباط, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Global Corruption Barometer (2013) by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0 Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption - See more at: http://www.transparency.org/gcb2013/in_detail#sthash.hey9okGH.dpuf
    • تموز 2017
      المصدر: International Telecommunication Union
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Shakthi Krishnan
      تم الوصول في: 13 أيلول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
        The Global Cybersecurity Index (GCI) is a survey that measures the commitment of Member States to cybersecurity in order to raise awareness. The GCI revolves around the ITU Global Cybersecurity Agenda (GCA) and its five pillars (legal, technical, organizational, capacity building and cooperation). For each of these pillars, questions were developed to assess commitment. Through consultation with a group of experts, these questions were weighted in order to arrive at an overall GCI score. The survey was administered through an online platform through which supporting evidence was also collected. One-hundred and thirty-four Member States responded to the survey throughout 2016. Member States who did not respond were invited to validate responses determined from open-source research. As such, the GCI results reported herein cover all 193 ITU Member States. The 2017 publication of the GCI continues to show the commitment to cybersecurity of countries around the world. The overall picture shows improvement and strengthening of all five elements of the cybersecurity agenda in various countries in all regions. However, there is space for further improvement in cooperation at all levels, capacity building and organizational measures. As well, the gap in the level of cybersecurity engagement between different regions is still present and visible. The level of development of the different pillars varies from country to country in the regions, and while commitment in Europe remains very high in the legal and technical fields in particular, the challenging situation in the Africa and Americas regions shows the need for continued engagement and support. In addition to providing the GCI score, this report also provides a set of illustrative practices that give insight into the achievements of certain countries.
    • شباط 2017
      المصدر: Global Democracy Ranking
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيلول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Democracy Ranking 2016 compares the development of quality of democracy in 112 countries during the years 2011-2012 with 2014-2015. It is based on the following dimensions: politics (weighted with 50%), economy (10%), ecology and environment (10%), gender equality (10%), health and health status (10%), and knowledge (10%). The possible values that a country can achieve go from 1 (minimum) to 100 (maximum) (the entire scale is thus 1-100). Rank change: + sign shows improvement in rank and - sign shows deterioration in rank
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Research by the Global Burden of Disease Health Financing Collaborator Network produced retrospective national health spending estimates for 1995-2016 for 184 countries. The estimates cover total health spending, and health spending disaggregated by source into government spending, out-of-pocket, prepaid private, and development assistance for health. National health spending by source, including development assistance for health, was estimated based on a diverse set of data, including program reports, budget data, national estimates, and 964 National Health Accounts. The resulting estimates were used to help produce forecasted health spending estimates for 2015-2040. Results of the study were published in The Lancet in April 2017 in "Evolution and patterns of global health financing 1995–2016: development assistance for health, and government, prepaid private, and out-of-pocket health spending in 184 countries."
    • تموز 2013
      المصدر: ONE
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تموز, 2013
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Dataset represents the results of the survey, conducted in order to reveal people's expectations about the improvments that they think are of primary importance when determining Global Development Goals on post-2015 period.
    • كانون الأول 2011
      المصدر: Global Facility for Disaster Reduction and Recovery
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Contains outcomes of post-disaster damage, loss, and needs assessments carried out by various international organizations following the Damage and Loss Assessment (DaLA) and/or Post-Disaster Needs Assessment (PDNA) methodologies.
    • آب 2015
      المصدر: Grant Thornton
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Grant Thornton Global Dynamism Index (GDI) ranks 60 leading economies on their dynamism in five key areas – business operating environment, economics & growth, science & technology, labour & human capital and financing environment. The GDI analyses 22 indicators across these five categories to assess the dynamism of business growth environments around the world, where dynamism refers to the changes in an economy over the past 12 months which are likely to lead to a faster future rate of growth.
    • آذار 2017
      المصدر: World Economic Forum
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 نيسان, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Energy Architecture Performance Index (EAPI) uses a set of indicators to highlight the performance of various countries across each facet of their energy architecture, determining to what extent nations have been able to create affordable, sustainable and secure energy systems   1)Economic growth and development: The extent to which energy architecture supports, rather than detracts from, economic growth and development 2) Environmental sustainability: The extent to which energy architecture has been constructed to minimize negative environmental externalities 3) Energy access and security: The extent to which energy architecture is at risk of an energy security impact, and whether adequate access to energy is provided to all parts of the population   Note: For detail methodology please visit:"http://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_GlobalEnergyArchitecturePerformance_Index_2017.pdf"
    • كانون الأول 2015
      المصدر: Global Energy Network Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data for 2005 but still gives a general idea as to the status of Japan compared to other developed countries.
    • حزيران 2015
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The energy subsidy estimates reported here are based on the broad notion of post-tax subsidies, which arise when consumer prices are below supply costs plus a tax to reflect environmental damage and an additional tax applied to all consumption goods to raise government revenues. Pre-tax subsidies, which arise when consumer prices are below supply costs, are also reported as a component of post-tax subsidies. These subsidies will not necessarily coincide with definitions used by governments or with their reported subsidy numbers. The energy subsidy estimates are not available for the following countries in 2013: Bhutan, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Eritrea, Fiji, Gambia, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Kiribati, Kosovo, Lao P.D.R., Liberia, Maldives, Marshall Islands, Mauritius, Micronesia, Niger, Palau, Samoa, San Marino, São Tomé and Príncipe, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Solomon Islands, South Sudan, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Swaziland, Timor-Leste, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu. In 2015, estimates are not available for two addtional countries: Burundi and Togo.
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Global Entrepreneurship and Development Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 آذار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global Entrepreneurship Index provides information about global entrepreneurship sub Index ranks and scoring of all countries.It also provides information about certain indicators like attitudes,abilities and aspirations with their ranks and scores
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The GEM Adult Population Survey (APS) measures the level and nature of entrepreneurial activity around the world. It is administered to a representative national sample of at least 2000 respondents. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.  
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The GEM National Expert Survey (NES) monitors the factors that are believed to have a significant impact on entrepreneurship, known as the Entrepreneurial Framework Conditions (EFCs). It is administered to a minimum of 36 carefully chosen 'experts' in each country. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Statistics Division
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Environmental Indicators disseminate global environment statistics on ten indicator themes compiled from a wide range of data sources. The themes and indicator tables were selected based on the current demands for international environmental statistics and the availability of internationally comparable data. Indicator tables, charts and maps with relatively good quality and coverage across countries, as well as links to other international sources, are provided under each theme. Statistics on Water and Waste are based on official statistics supplied by national statistical offices and/or ministries of environment (or equivalent institutions) in response to the biennial UNSD/UNEP Questionnaire on Environment Statistics, complemented with comparable statistics from OECD and Eurostat, and water resources data from FAO Aqua stat. Statistics on other themes were compiled by UNSD from other international sources. In a few cases, UNSD has made some calculations in order to derive the indicators. However, generally no adjustments have been made to the values received from the source. UNSD is not responsible for the quality, completeness/availability, and validity of the data. Environment statistics is still in an early stage of development in many countries, and data are often sparse. The indicators selected here are those of relatively good quality and geographic coverage. Information on data quality and comparability is given at the end of each table together with other important metadata.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Research by the Global Burden of Disease Health Financing Collaborator Network produced projected health spending estimates for 2016-2040 for 188 countries. The estimates cover total health spending, and health spending disaggregated by source into government spending, out-of-pocket, prepaid private, and development assistance for health. GDP and all-sector government spending were extracted for 1980–2015 and used with retrospective health spending estimates for 1995-2015 to forecast GDP, all-sector government spending, and health spending through 2040. Results of the study were published in The Lancet in April 2018 in "Trends in future health financing and coverage: future health spending and universal health coverage in 188 countries, 2016–2040."
    • حزيران 2017
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Financial Development Database is an extensive dataset of financial system characteristics for 206 economies. The database includes measures of (1) size of financial institutions and markets (financial depth), (2) degree to which individuals can and do use financial services (access), (3) efficiency of financial intermediaries and markets in intermediating resources and facilitating financial transactions (efficiency), and (4) stability of financial institutions and markets (stability).For a complete description of the dataset and a discussion of the underlying literature, see: Martin Cihak; Asli Demirguc-Kunt; Erik Feyen; and Ross Levine, 2012. "Benchmarking Financial Systems Around the World." World Bank Policy Research Working Paper 6175, World Bank, Washington, D.C.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Financial Inclusion Database provides 850+ country-level indicators of financial inclusion summarized for all adults and disaggregated by key demographic characteristics-gender, age, education, income, employment status and rural residence. Covering more than 140 economies, the indicators of financial inclusion measure how people save, borrow, make payments and manage risk. The reference citation for the data is: Demirgüç-Kunt, Asli, Leora Klapper, Dorothe Singer, Saniya Ansar, and Jake Hess. 2018. The Global Findex Database 2017: Measuring Financial Inclusion and the Fintech Revolution. World Bank: Washington, DC.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Financial inclusion is critical in reducing poverty and achieving inclusive economic growth. When people can participate in the financial system, they are better able to start and expand businesses, invest in their children’s education, and absorb financial shocks. Yet prior to 2011, little was known about the extent of financial inclusion and the degree to which such groups as the poor, women, and rural residents were excluded from formal financial systems.  The dataset help us to know about how adults around the world manage their day-to-day finances, the Global Findex allows policy makers, researchers, businesses, and development practitioners to track how the use of financial services has changed over time. The database can also be used to identify gaps in access to the formal financial system and design policies to expand financial inclusion.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The October 2018 Global Financial Stability Report (GFSR) finds that global near-term risks to financial stability have increased somewhat, reflecting mounting pressures in emerging market economies and escalating trade tensions. These risks, while still moderate, could increase significantly. An intensification of concerns about emerging markets, a broader rise in trade tensions, the realization of political and policy uncertainty, or a faster-than-expected tightening in monetary normalization could all lead to a sharp tightening in financial conditions. Medium-term financial stability risks remain elevated, driven by high non–financial sector leverage in advanced economies and rising external borrowing in emerging markets. Although the global banking system is stronger than before the crisis, it is exposed to highly indebted borrowers as well as to opaque and illiquid assets and foreign currency rollover risks. This all raises the urgency for policymakers to step up efforts to boost the financial system’s resilience by completing the financial regulatory reform agenda as well as developing and deploying macroprudential policy tools. This GFSR also takes stock of global regulatory reform 10 years after the global financial crisis. It reviews the main precrisis failings in financial sector oversight and assesses the progress in implementation of the reform agenda designed to address these failings. It also looks at whether shifts in market structure and risks in the global financial system since the crisis have been in the direction the new regulatory agenda intended, that is, toward greater safety. It finds that the broad agenda set by the international community has given rise to new standards that have contributed to a more resilient financial system—one that is less leveraged, more liquid, and better and more intensively supervised, especially at large banks. The forms of shadow banking more closely related to the global financial crisis have been curtailed, and most countries now have macro prudential authorities and some tools with which to oversee and contain risks to the whole financial system. The chapter also identifies areas in which consolidation or further progress is needed and warns against rolling back reforms, which might make the global financial system less safe.
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Contains global production statistics (capture and aquaculture). This database contains the volume of aquatic species caught by country or area, by species items, by FAO major fishing areas, and year, for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. The harvest from mariculture, aquaculture and other kinds of fish farming is also included
    • كانون الثاني 2014
      المصدر: Oxfam
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 أيار, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Around the world, one in eight people go to bed hungry every night, even though there is enough food for everyone. Our graph illustrates how overconsumption, misuse of resources and waste are common elements of a system that leaves hundreds of millions without enough to eat.
    • أيلول 2015
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      DescriptionThe Global Forest Resources Assessment 2015 (FRA 2015) is the most comprehensive assessment of forests and forestry to date - not only in terms of the number of countries and people involved - but also in terms of scope. It examines the current status and recent trends for about 90 variables covering the extent, condition, uses and values of forests and other wooded land, with the aim of assessing all benefits from forest resources. Information has been collated from 233 countries and territories for four points in time: 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010. The results are presented according to the seven thematic elements of sustainable forest management. FAO worked closely with countries and specialists in the design and implementation of FRA 2010 - through regular contact, expert consultations, training for national correspondents and ten regional and subregional workshops. More than 900 contributors were involved, including 178 officially nominated national correspondents and their teams. The outcome is better data, a transparent reporting process and enhanced national capacity in developing countries for data analysis and reporting. The final report of FRA 2010 was published at the start of the latest biennial meeting of the FAO' Committee on Forestry and World Forest Week, in Rome.
    • تشرين الأول 2017
      المصدر: World Economic Forum
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Shakthi Krishnan
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This data set provides the Index benchmarks national gender gaps on economic, political, education and health criteria, and provides country rankings that allow for effective comparisons across regions and income groups. The rankings are designed to create greater awareness among a global audience of the challenges posed by gender gaps and the opportunities created by reducing them. The methodology and quantitative analysis behind the rankings are intended to serve as a basis for designing effective measures for reducing gender gaps.
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: World Economic Forum
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides education and skills related indicators that present in Global Gender Gap Report
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Dual Citizen LLC
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The performance index of the 2018 GGEI is defined by 20 underlying indicators, each contained within one of the four main dimensions of leadership & climate change, efficiency sectors, markets & investment and the environment.   For more detail on our approach to aggregating these diverse data sources to define the composite indicators in the GGEI and its four main dimensions, as well as our approach to data selection, weighting and other issues associated with creating an index, please visit the Methodology section.
    • تشرين الأول 2017
      المصدر: Emission Database for Global Atmospheric Research
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 كانون الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Emissions are calculated for the following substances: 1) Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2); 2) Ozone precursor gases: Carbon Monoxide (CO), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx), Non-Methane Volatile Organic Compounds (NMVOC) and Methane (CH4). 3) Acidifying gases: Ammonia (NH3), Nitrogen oxides (NOx) and Sulfur Dioxide (SO2). 4) Primary particulates: Fine Particulate Matter (PM10) - Carbonaceous speciation (BC , OC) is under progress. 5) Stratospheric Ozone Depleting Substances: Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC-11, 12, 113, 114, 115), Halons (1211, 1301, 2402), Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFC-22, 124, 141b, 142b), Carbon Tetrachloride (CCl4), Methyl Bromide (CH3Br) and Methyl Chloroform (CH3CCl2). Emissions (EM) for a country C are calculated for each compound x on an annual basis (y) and sector wise (for i sectors, multiplying on the one hand the country-specific activity data (AD), quantifying the human activity for each of the i sectors, with the mix of j technologies (TECH) for each sector i, and with their abatement percentage by one of the k end-of-pipe (EOP) measures for each technology j, and on the other hand the country-specific emission factor (EF) for each sector i and technology j with relative reduction (RED) of the uncontrolled emission by installed abatement measure k. Emissions in are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics.
    • أيلول 2017
      المصدر: World Health Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تشرين الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The GHO data provides access to indicators on priority health topics including mortality and burden of diseases, the Millennium Development Goals (child nutrition, child health, maternal and reproductive health, immunization, HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, neglected diseases, water and sanitation), non communicable diseases and risk factors, epidemic-prone diseases, health systems, environmental health, violence and injuries, equity among others
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Food Policy Research Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global Hunger Index, 2018   The Global Hunger Index (GHI) is a tool designed to comprehensively measure and track hunger globally, regionally, and by country. Each year, the International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI) calculates GHI scores in order to assess progress, or the lack thereof, in decreasing hunger. The GHI is designed to raise awareness and understanding of regional and country differences in the struggle against hunger. Since 2015, GHI scores have been calculated using a revised and improved formula. The revision replaces child underweight, previously the sole indicator of child under-nutrition, with two indicators of child under-nutrition—child wasting and child stunting—which are equally weighted in the GHI calculation. The revised formula also standardizes each of the component indicators to balance their contribution to the overall index and to changes in the GHI scores over time. GHI scores are calculated using a three-step process that draws on available data from various sources to capture the multidimensional nature of hunger: 1. Undernourishment: The share of the population that is undernourished (that is, whose caloric intake is insufficient). 2. Child wasting and stunting: The share of children under the age of five who are wasted (that is, who have low weight for their height, reflecting acute under-nutrition). 3.Child Stunting: The share of children under the age of five who are stunted (that is, who have low height for their age, reflecting chronic under-nutrition). 4. Child Mortality: The mortality rate of children under the age of five (in part, a reflection of the fatal mix of inadequate nutrition and unhealthy environments).   Note: Values for the years are taken as per below table.1Global Hunger Index Scores2Proportion of Undernourished in the Population (%)3Prevalence of Wasting in Children Under Five Years(%)4Prevalence of Stunting in Children Under Five Years (%)5Prevalence of underweight in children under five years (%)   Date for above indicators are taken as per below year ranges. 1   2   3   4   5   Date Range Date Range Date Range Date Range Date Range 2018 2013-2017 2018 2015-2017 2018 2013-2017 2018 2013-2017 2012 2009-2013 2017 2012-2016 2017 2014-2016 2017 2012-2016 2017 2012-2016 2011 2008-2012 2015 2010-2016 2015 2014-2016 2015 2012-2016 2015 2012-2016 2010 2005-2010 2014 2009-2013 2013 2014-2016 2013 2010-2014 2013 2010-2014 2009 2004-2009 2013 2008-2012 2012 2011-2013 2010 2008-2012 2010 2008-2012 2008 2003-2008 2012 2005-2010 2011 2010-2012 2008 2006-2010 2008 2006-2010 2007 2002-2007 2011 2004-2009 2010 2009-2011 2005 2003-2007 2005 2003-2007 2006 2001-2006 2010 2008-2012 2009 2005-2007 2000 1998-2002 2000 1998-2002 2005 2003-2007 2009 2002-2007 2008 2007-2009 1995 1993-1997 1995 1993-1997 2004 2000-2005 2008 2006-2010 2007 2003-2005 1992 1990-1994 1992 1990-1994 2003 1999-2003 2005 2003-2007 2006 2002-2004 1990 1988-1992 1990 1988-1992 2000 1998-2002 2001 1994-1998 2005 2004-2006         1997 1993-1998 2000 1998-2002 2004 2001-2003         1995 1993-1997 1996 1988-1992 2003 2000-2002         1990 1988-1992 1995 1993-1997 2000 1999-2001         1980 1977-1982 1992 1990-1994 1997 1995-1997             1990 1988-1992 1995 1994-1996                 1992 1991-1993                 1990 1990-1992                 1980 1979-1981               6. "Under-five Mortality  Rate(%)" year range has not been specified in source. GHI Severity Scale ≤ 9.9 low 10.0–19.9 moderate 20.0–34.9 serious 35.0–49.9 alarming 50.0 ≤ extremely alarming
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: World Economic Forum
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This Dataset contains proprietary and non-proprietary data used in the computation of the World Economic's Forum Networked Readiness Index. By making this data available, the Forum aims to inform multi-stakeholder dialogue, foster evidence-based, data-driven decisions, allow measuring progress, and support research by academia, journalists and others.
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: Global Innovation Index
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Innovation Index (GII) provides detailed metrics about the innovation performance of 126 countries which represent 90.8% of the world’s population and 96.3% of global GDP. Its 80 indicators explore a broad vision of innovation, including political environment, education, infrastructure and business sophistication.   The GII 2018 marks the 11th edition of the GII, and the beginning of its second decade providing data and insights gathered from tracking innovation across the globe. This year’s edition, is dedicated to the theme of Energizing the World with Innovation. It analyses the energy innovation landscape of the next decade and identifies possible breakthroughs in fields such as energy production, storage, distribution, and consumption. It also looks at how breakthrough innovation occurs at the grassroots level and describes how small-scale renewable systems are on the rise.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global Internal Displacement Database (GIDD) aims to provide comprehensive information on internal displacement worldwide. It covers all countries and territories for which IDMC has obtained data on situations of internal displacement, and provides data on situations of internal displacement associated with conflict and generalized violence (2014-2015), displacement associated with sudden-onset natural hazard-related disasters (2008-2015).
    • شباط 2016
      المصدر: Material Flows
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 حزيران, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Global Open Data Index
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Milken Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Opportunity Index answers a pressing need for information that's vital to a thriving global economy like what policies can governments pursue to attract foreign direct investment (FDI), expand their economies, and accelerate job creation, what do multinational companies, other investors, and development agencies need to know before making large-scale, long-term capital commitments.   Methodology:  The GOI considers economic and financial factors that influence investment activities as well as key business, legal and regulatory policies that governments can modify to support and often drive investments. Overall, the GOI tracks countries’ performance on 51 variables aggregated in five categories, each measuring an aspect of the country’s attractiveness for investors.Economic Fundamentals (EF) indicates the current economic strength of a country vis-à-vis the global economic outlook. The assessment focuses on the country’s macro-performance, trade openness, quality and structure of the labor force, and modern infrastructure.Financial Services (FS) measures the size and access to financial services in a country by looking at the country’s financial infrastructure and access to credit.Business Perception (BP) measures explicit and implicit costs associated with business operations such as tax burden, transparency, etc.Institutional Framework (IF) measures the extent to which an individual country’s institutions provide a supportive network to businesses.International Standards and Policy (ISP) reflects the extent to which a country’s institutions, policies, and legal system facilitate international integration by following international standards. The assigned composite index value is the average score of the five categories (called component scores). Each variable is normalized from 0 to 10. Within each category, the normalized variables are given equal weight and aggregated, resulting in a normalized category score between 0, indicating the least favorable conditions for investment, and 10, signaling the most favorable. The index covers 133 countries. The index methodology is reviewed for each publication to reflect changes in data sources or other relevant adjustments.
    • كانون الأول 2016
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GPSS data (Accounts & Access, retail payment transactions and RTGS transactions – volumes and values). The World Bank’s Global Payment Systems Survey (GPSS) surveys national and regional central banks and monetary authorities on the status of payment systems. The GPSS is the only global survey that combines quantitative and qualitative measures of payment system development and covers all aspects of national payment systems – from infrastructure and the legal and regulatory environment to technological and business model innovations, international remittances, and oversight framework. The GPSS aims to take an accurate snapshot of payment systems worldwide to obtain information on payment system reforms and the factors which hinder and/or facilitate them in order to help guide policy-dialogue at the international and national levels, and World Bank Group technical assistance. In April 2007, the World Bank launched the first Global Payment Systems Survey among national central banks to collect information on the situation of national payment and securities settlement systems worldwide and provide a payment systems snapshot of both advanced and emerging economies in order to identify main issues that should guide the agenda of authorities, multilateral and market players in the field over the next few years.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Institute for Economics and Peace
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Peace Index 2018 report finds that the global level of peace has deteriorated by 0.27% over the last year. This is the fourth successive year of deterioration, finding that 92 countries have deteriorated, while 71 countries have improved. The report reveals a world in which tensions, conflicts and crises that have emerged over the past decade remain unresolved, causing a gradual, sustained decline in global levels of peacefulness.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: GlobalPetrolPrices.com
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data is getting collected Every Tuesday evening from the Global Petrol Prices website. Weekly Average data is available from 28-Dec-2015 onward. Monthly average price is available for the period of January, 2013 - July, 2013   Data cited at: Global Petrol Prices web site
    • أيار 2014
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Kirill Kosenkov
      تم الوصول في: 27 آب, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global, regional, and national prevalence of overweight and obesity in children and adults during 1980–2013. Comparable estimates based on systematically identified surveys, reports, and published studies (n=1769) that included data for height and weight, both through physical measurements and self-reports, using mixed effects linear regression to correct for bias in self-reports. Data for prevalence of obesity and overweight by age, sex, country, and year (n=19 244) obtained with a spatiotemporal Gaussian process regression model to estimate prevalence with 95% uncertainty intervals (UIs). Research by the staff of the Institute for Health Metrics and Evalutaion with co-authors. Published online 28 May 2014, "The Lancet" Volume 384, No. 9945, p766–781. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(14)60460-8
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: Jones Lang LaSalle
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 2018 Global Real Estate Transparency Index covers 100 markets and is based on 186 indicators. These variables are divided into six areas –performance measurement, market fundamentals, governance of listed vehicles, regulatory & legal frameworks, transaction process and environmental sustainability.   Tier 1: Highly Transparent - Total Composite Score: 1.00–1.96 Tier 2: Transparent - Total Composite Score: 1.97–2.65 Tier 3: Semi-Transparent - Total Composite Score: 2.66–3.50 Tier 4: Low Transparency - Total Composite Score: 3.51–4.16 Tier 5: Opaque - Total Composite Score: 4.17–5.00
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: A. T. Kearney
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Retail Development Index™ is an annual study that ranks the top 30 developing countries for retail expansion worldwide. The Index analyzes 25 macroeconomic and retail-specific variables to help retailers devise successful global strategies and to identify developing market investment opportunities. The GRDI is unique because it identifies today's most successful markets and those that offer the most potential for the future.
    • كانون الأول 2016
      المصدر: World Health Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global status report on road safety 2015, reflecting information from 180 countries, indicates that worldwide the total number of road traffic deaths has plateaued at 1.25 million per year, with the highest road traffic fatality rates in low-income countries. In the last three years, 17 countries have aligned at least one of their laws with best practice on seat-belts, drink–driving, speed, motorcycle helmets or child restraints. While there has been progress towards improving road safety legislation and in making vehicles safer, the report shows that the pace of change is too slow. Urgent action is needed to achieve the ambitious target for road safety reflected in the newly adopted 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development: halving the global number of deaths and injuries from road traffic crashes by 2020. Made possible through funding from Bloomberg Philanthropies, this report is the third in the series, and provides a snapshot of the road safety situation globally, highlighting the gaps and the measures needed to best drive progress.
    • كانون الأول 2014
      المصدر: World Health Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global status report on violence prevention 2014, which reflects data from 133 countries, is the first report of its kind to assess national efforts to address interpersonal violence, namely child maltreatment, youth violence, intimate partner and sexual violence, and elder abuse. Jointly published by WHO, the United Nations Development Programme, and the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, the report reviews the current status of violence prevention efforts in countries, and calls for a scaling up of violence prevention programmes; stronger legislation and enforcement of laws relevant for violence prevention; and enhanced services for victims of violence.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: countryeconomy.com
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global Stock Market Indexes, Daily Update
    • نيسان 2014
      المصدر: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 أيار, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intentional homicide is defined as unlawful death purposefully inflicted on a person by another person
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: INSEAD
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This data presents high-level way of mapping individual countries in terms of talent competitiveness consists of comparing their GTCI scores to their GDP per capita for the selected indicators.In its first year, the GTCI model covers 103 countries,representing 86.3% of the world’s population and 96.7% of the world’s GDP (in current US dollars).It is a simplified manner of acquiring a first assessment about the ways in which competitiveness relates to overall level of economic development of a nation.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: KPMG
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Covers data on corporate, indirect and individual income tax rates throughout 163 countries across the world during the period from 2006 to 2018. Provided by KPMG.
    • تشرين الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Institute for Economics and Peace
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Terrorism Index (GTI) is a comprehensive study which accounts for the direct and indirect impact of terrorism in 163 countries in terms of its effect on lives lost, injuries, property damage and the psychological aftereffects of terrorism. This study covers 99.6 per cent of the world’s population. It aggregates the most authoritative data source on terrorism today, the Global Terrorism Database (GTD) collated by the National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START) into a composite score in order to provide an ordinal ranking of nations on the negative impact of terrorism. The GTD is unique in that it consists of systematically and comprehensively coded data on domestic as well as international terrorist incidents and now includes more than 140,000 cases. Note: "Change in score values" have been calculated for 2015 by score in 2015 minus score in 2014 (Score_2015-Score_2014). For rest of the years according to source.
    • أيلول 2016
      المصدر: KPMG
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 2016 Global Trade Management Survey is a combined effort of KPMG's Global Trade & Customs practice and Thomson Reuters who, together, have surveyed over 1,700 global trade specialists around the world to develop and present the findings of an extensive study on the state of global trade today.
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: World Health Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global Trends in Prevalence of Tobacco Smoking 2000-2025
    • كانون الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2014
      المصدر: World Wide Web Foundation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 نيسان, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Web has changed our lives. But to harness its full benefit, we need to understand how countries and people use it, and its impact on on development and human rights. The Web Index, by the World Wide Web Foundation, tracks the Web’s contribution to social, economic and political progress across 86 countries. It ranks these nations across four pillars: Universal Access, Freedom and Openness, Empowerment and Relevant Content.
    • آذار 2017
      المصدر: International Youth Foundation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Youth Wellbeing Index details the performance and provides comparative analysis of 30 countries in terms of overall youth wellbeing and within six domains. The Index is designed to facilitate both thought and action by elevating youth needs and opportunities and young people’s participation on national and global agendas. It also provides public and private sector decision-makers an easier way to understand the big picture, guide actions and investments, and drive progress over time.   Wellbeing is a multidimensional concept that includes a person’s physical and mental health, educational status, economic position, physical safety, access to freedoms, and ability to participate in civic life, all components have again multiple aspects. It is, in a sense, the abundance or scarcity of opportunities available to an individual. The definition of wellbeing and the indicators selected to create a picture of wellbeing draw upon the body of work measuring quality of life and economic and social progress as well as the discipline of positive youth development, which is a framework that builds on young people’s assets while still addressing their deficits. Scores for countries are on a scale of 0 to 1, and ranks are assigned based on the numeric scores from highest to lowest.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: U.S. Geological Survey
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table is a compilation of statistics of trade in goods and services as reported in the Balance of Payments. The conceptual framework used for the compilation is based on the IMF Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5, 1993).
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset shows indicators of trade balances as the following: - Normalized trade balance, - Trade balance as percentage of imports and, - Trade balance as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP). Normalized trade balance (NTB) of goods and services is defined as the trade balance (total exports less total imports) divided by the total trade (exports plus imports).   NTB=(EX-IM)/EX+IM)
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table shows exports, imports and sum/average of exports and imports as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP). The indicators are calculated for trade in goods, trade in services and total trade in goods and services.
    • آب 2014
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 آب, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table shows indicators of trade balances as the following: - Normalized trade balance, - Trade balance as percentage of imports and, - Trade balance as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP).
    • آب 2014
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 آب, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table shows exports, imports and sum/average of exports and imports as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP). The indicators are calculated for trade in goods, trade in services and total trade in goods and services.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Most of the data in Government at a Glance have been compiled by the OECD. However, data are also drawn from the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the International Labour Organization (ILO) and Eurostat. More information can be found in the in the Introduction and in the Readers's guide of the Government at a Glance publication.
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      It provides a breakdown of government expenditure according to their function. To meet this end, economic flows of expenditure must be aggregated according to the Classification of the Functions of Government (COFOG).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of the functions, or socioeconomic objectives, that government aims to achieve through various kinds of expenditure, comprising detailed classifications of general public service, defense, public order and safety, economic affairs, environment protection, housing and community services, health, recreation, culture and religion, education, and social protection services.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of government expense, including detailed classifications of compensation of employees, use of goods and services, consumption of fixed capital, interest payable, subsidies payable, grants payable, social benefits, and other expense.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides an overview of total financial assets and liabilities classified by the sector to which the counterparty claim belongs. The counterpart sectors include nonfinancial corporations, the central bank, deposit taking corporations, other financial corporation sectors, government sectors, international organizations, external financial corporations, external general government, and other external sectors.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of the integrated balance sheet. In other words, changes between the opening and closing stock positions in assets and liabilities are explained through transactions, holding gains/losses, and other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities. Data on net investment in nonfinancial assets – a component of total expenditure – on its components and related stock positions are provided.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides an overview of government operations and stock positions, as well as several derived balances. The Statement of Government Operations shows revenue and expense, with their main components, the operating balance and net lending/net borrowing, as well as financing. The Balance sheet shows stock positions in assets and liabilities, with their main components, as well as net worth and net financial worth. In addition, data on gross debt and net debt are included.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides a comprehensive view of government revenue, including detailed classifications of taxes, social contributions, grants receivable, and other revenue.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides an overview of government’s cash flows, as summarized in the Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash, for those countries compiling GFS on a noncash basis (for example, an accrual basis) and are also including a cash flow statement.
    • شباط 2016
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 18 آذار, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Graduates are those who successfully complete an educational programme during the reference year of the data collection. One condition of a successful completion is that students should have enrolled in, and successfully completed, the final year of the corresponding educational programme, although not necessarily in the year of reference. Students who do not complete the final year of an educational programme, but later successfully complete a recognised "equivalency" examination based on knowledge learned outside of the education system, should not be counted as graduates. Successful completion is defined according to the graduation requirements established by each country: in some countries, completion occurs as a result of passing a final, curriculum-based examination or series of examinations. In other countries, completion occurs after a specific number of teaching hours has been accumulated (although completion of some or all of the course hours may also involve examinations).
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Graduates are those who successfully complete an educational programme during the reference year of the data collection. One condition of a successful completion is that students should have enrolled in, and successfully completed, the final year of the corresponding educational programme, although not necessarily in the year of reference. Students who do not complete the final year of an educational programme, but later successfully complete a recognised "equivalency" examination based on knowledge learned outside of the education system, should not be counted as graduates. Successful completion is defined according to the graduation requirements established by each country: in some countries, completion occurs as a result of passing a final, curriculum-based examination or series of examinations. In other countries, completion occurs after a specific number of teaching hours has been accumulated (although completion of some or all of the course hours may also involve examinations).
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset contains selected indicators for monitoring progress towards green growth to support policy making and inform the public at large. The indicator bring together the OECD's statistics, indicators and measures of progress. The dataset covers OECD countries as well as BRIICS economies (Brazil, Russian Federation, India, Indonesia, China and South Africa), and selected countries when possible. The indicators are selected according to well specified criteria and embedded in a conceptual framework, which is structured around four groups to capture the main features of green growth: Environmental and resource productivity, to indicate whether economic growth is becoming greener with more efficient use of natural capital and to capture aspects of production which are rarely quantified in economic models and accounting frameworks; The natural asset base, to indicate the risks to growth from a declining natural asset base; Environmental quality of life, to indicate how environmental conditions affect the quality of life and wellbeing of people; Economic opportunities and policy responses, to indicate the effectiveness ofpolicies in delivering green growth and describe the societal responses needed to secure business and employment opportunities.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset presents trends in man-made emissions of major greenhouse gases and emissions by gas. Data refer to total emissions of CO2 (emissions from energy use and industrial processes, e.g. cement production), CH4 (methane emissions from solid waste, livestock, mining of hard coal and lignite, rice paddies, agriculture and leaks from natural gas pipelines), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) and nitrogen trifluoride (NF3). Data exclude indirect CO2.   Intensities (per unit of GDP and per capita) as well as index are calculated on gross direct emissions excluding emissions or removals from land-use, land-use change and forestry (LULUCF).   The GDP used to calculate intensities is expressed in USD at 2010 prices and PPPs.
    • كانون الثاني 2015
      المصدر: University of Groningen
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Pallavi S
      تم الوصول في: 25 شباط, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The GGDC 10-Sector Database provides a long-run internationally comparable dataset on sectoral productivity performance in Asia, Europe, Latin America and the US. Variables covered in the data set are annual series of value added, output deflators, and persons employed for 10 broad sectors. It gives sectoral detail to the historical macro data in Maddison (2003) from 1950 onwards. It consists of series for 10 countries in Asia, 9 in Latin-America and 9 in Europe and the US. The data for Asia and Latin-America are based on Marcel P. Timmer and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2007), 'A Cross-Country Database For Sectoral Employment And Productivity In Asia And Latin America, 1950-2005', GGDC Research memorandum GD-98, Groningen Growth and Development Centre, August 2007. Data for Europe and the US is based on an update of Bart van Ark (1996), Sectoral Growth Accounting and Structural Change in Post-War Europe, in B. van Ark and N.F.R. Crafts, eds., Quantitative Aspects of Post-War European Economic Growth, CEPR/Cambridge University Press, pp. 84-164. All series derived from this database need to be referred to as: "Timmer, Marcel P. and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2009), "Structural Change and Growth Accelerations in Asia and Latin America: A New Sectoral Data Set" Cliometrica, vol 3 (issue 2) pp. 165-190."
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Gross claims payments in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      It presents the three approaches of the GDP: expenditure based, output based and income based. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides information on gross domestic product (GDP), total and per capita at current and constant (2010) prices also it contains annual average growth rates of gross domestic product (GDP), total and per capita, in per cent. The total GDP is expressed in millions of dollars, while GDP per capita is expressed in dollars.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. This part contains gross operating expenses in the reporting country, with a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 نيسان, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 نيسان, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Productivity is a key driver of economic growth and changes in living standards. Labour productivity growth implies a higher level of output for unit of labour input (hours worked or persons employed). This can be achieved if more capital is used in production or through improved overall efficiency with which labour and capital are used together, i.e., higher multifactor productivity growth (MFP). Productivity is also a key driver of international competitiveness, e.g. as measured by Unit Labour Costs (ULC).   The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the sources databases. However, some time lag may arise which affects individual series and/or countries for two reasons: first, hours worked data from the OECD Employment Outlook are typically updated less frequently than the OECD Annual National Accounts Database; second, source data for capital services are typically available in annual national accounts later than source data for labour productivity and ULCs.   Note to users: The OECD Productivity Database accounts for the methodological changes in national accounts' statistics, such as the implementation of the System of National Accounts 2008 (2008 SNA) and the implementation of the international industrial classification ISIC Rev.4. These changes had an impact on output, labour and capital measurement. For Chile, China, Colombia, India, Japan, Turkey and the Russian Federation the indicators are in line with the System of National Accounts 1993 (1993 SNA); for all other countries, the indicators presented are based on the 2008 SNA
  • H
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Department of Business, Economic Development & Tourism, State of Hawaii
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      OECD Health Data 2016 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      OECD Health Data 2017 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.B1:B4
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      OECD Health Data 2017 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      OECD Health Data 2015 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse healthcare systems.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تشرين الأول, 2018